Some items in the TriCollege Libraries Digital Collections may be under copyright. Copyright information may be available in the Rights Status field listed in this item record (below). Ultimate responsibility for assessing copyright status and for securing any necessary permission rests exclusively with the user. Please see the Reproductions and Access page for more information.
OCT
SWARTHMOKfi
COLLEGE
3 1957
Library -
SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE
BULLETIN
CATALOGUE ISSU E
1957-1958
SWARTHMORE
-
PENNSYLVANIA
The Bulletin, of which this publication is Volume LV, No. 1, is published
monthly, except August, by Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pennsylvania.
Entered at the post office at Swarthmore, Pa., as second-class matter,
in accordance with provision of the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912.
Photographs by Grant Compton, Business W eek , and Swarthmore College
News Office.
(Printed in ü. S. A.)
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE
BULLETIN
C A TA LO G U E IS S U E
1 9 5 7 -1 9 5 8
S W A R T H M O R E , P E N N S Y L V A N IA
V o lu m e L V
N um ber 1
S e p te m b e r 1 9 5 7
Directions for Correspondence
For information about:
GENERAL COLLEGE POLICY
Courtney Smith, President
ADMISSIONS AND SCHOLARSHIPS
For men: Gilmore Stott, Associate Dean
For women: Deborah Wing, Associate Dean
RECORDS, TRANSCRIPTS AND CATALOGUES
John M. Moore, Registrar
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Edward K. Cratsley, Vice-President
G. Caroline Shero, Assistant Controller
VOCATIONAL PLACEMENT AND GUIDANCE
Maralyn Orbison, Director
ALUMNI AFFAIRS AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
Joseph B. Shane, Vice-President
GENERAL INFORMATION
Maralyn Orbison, Director of News Office
The Rhodes Scholarship Trust
The Rhodes Scholarship Trust maintains an office in this country for the purpose of
administering the selection of American Rhodes Scholars and conducting the affairs
of the Rhodes Scholarships in the United States. This office was located at Swarthmore
College during the presidency of Dr. Frank Aydelotte, who served as the first American
Secretary. On the occasion of the appointment of Courtney Smith to the American
Secretaryship this office was located in Princeton, N. J., and returned to Swarthmore
when Dr. Smith took up his duties as president of the College in September 1953.
American Secretary of the Rhodes Scholarships, Courtney Smith
Assistant to the American Secretary, Prosser Gifford
Secretary, Elsa Palmer Jenkins
2
Table of Contents
Calendar ..........................................................................................................................
P ersonnel ........................................................................................................................
The Corporation and The Board of Managers
Alumni Association Officers and Alumni C o u n c il.............................................
The Faculty ...............................................................................................................
Divisions and Departments ....................................................................................
Standing Committees ..................................................................
Administrative Officers and Assistants ................................................................
I ntroduction to Swarthmore College ..........................................
Admission .................................................................................................................
Expenses ....................................................................
Student Aid and Scholarships ...............................................................................
Educational Resources ........................................................................
College Life .............................................................................................................
Student Community ..........................................
T he Educational P rogram ...................
Program for Freshman and S ophom ores..............................................................
Program for Juniors and S e n io rs...........................................................................
Reading for Honors .....................
Pre-Medical Program ..............................................................................................
Faculty Regulations ................................................................................................
Requirements for Graduation ...............................................................................
Advanced Degrees ...................................................................................................
Awards and Prizes ...............................................
Fellowships ..................................................................................................
Courses o f I nstruction ............................................................................................
Astronomy ...............................................................................................................
Biology ...................
Chemistry .................................................................................................................
Classics ......................................................................................................................
Economics ..................................................................................................................
Engineering ................................................................
English Literature ...................................................................................................
Fine Arts ...................................................................................................................
History . . . . . . . v
...................................................................
International Relations ..........................................................................................
Mathematics ............... .......................................... 5 ................................................
Modern Languages and L iteratu res.......................................................................
Music ............. ............................................................................................................
Philosophy and Religion .......................................................................................
Physical Education for M e n ....................................................................................
Physical Education for W omen ...........................................................................
Physics .....................................................................................................................
Political Science ............. .........................................................................................
Psychology and Education ...................................................................................
Russian Studies .........................................................................................................
R eference Section .......................................................................................................
Visiting Examiners .............................................................. ....................................
Degrees Conferred ................................................................................................
Awards and Distinctions ........................................... J .........................................
Enrollment Statistics ..............................................................................................
Selected Publications About Swarthmore C o lle g e .............................................
Index ..........................................................................................................k............
P lan of College G rounds ........................................................................................
3
PAGE
4
7
8
XI
12
18
19
20
23
28
31
33
42
46
49
53
55
57
58
60
62
64
64
66
67
69
70
72
78
82
85
88
100
105
108
113
114
117
125
128
133
134
136
138
143
149
151
152
15 3.
157
159
160
161
166
1957
s
M
7
6
13 14
20 21
27 28
O CTO BER
F 8
T W T
3
4
5
1 2
8
9 IO 11 12
15 16 17 18 19
22 23 24 25 26
20 30 31
NOVEM BER
F
S
T W T
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
S
M
DECEM BER
S
8
M T W T F
7
4
5
6
1 2
3
8
9 IO 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
1958
S
M
5
6
12 13
19 20
26 27
S
M
6
7
13 14
20 21
27 28
8
M
6
7
13 14
20 21
27 28
S
M
5
6
12 13
19 2 0
26 27
JANU ARY
T W T
1 2
7
8
9
14 15 16
21 22 23
28 29 30
S
F
3
4
10 11
17 18
2 4 25
31
A P R IL
T W T F S
1 2
3
4
5
8
9 10 11 12
15 16 17 18 19
22 23 2 4 25 26
29 30
JU LY
T W T
F
S
5
1 2
3 4
8
9 IO 11 12
15 16 17 18 19
22 23 2 4 25 26
29 3 0 31
OCTO BER
8
T W T
F
3
4
1 2
7
8
9 IO 1 1
14 15 16 17 18
21 22 23 2 4 25
28 29 3 0 31
S
M
FEBRUARY
T W T
F
6
4
5
2
3
9 10 11 12 13
16 17 18 19 20
23 24 25 26 27
S
MAY
W T F
8
1 2
3
9 10
6
7
8
13 14 15 16 17
20 21 22 23 24
27 28 29 30 31
M
T
5
4
1 1 12
18 19
25 26
S
S
1
7
8
14 15
21 22
28
AUGUST
T W T
M
4
5
6
7
3
10 11 12 13 14
17 18 19 20 21
24 25 26 2 7 28
31
S
M
F
8
1 2
8
9
15 16
22 23
29 30
NOVEM BER
T W T F
7
4
5 6
2 3
9 10 11 12 13 14
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 24 25 26 27 28
30
S
1
8
15
22
29
8
M
2
9
16
23
30
MARCH
T W T
F
4
5
6
7
3
IO 11 12 13 14
17 18 19 20 21
2 4 25 26 27 28
31
8
1
8
15
22
29
JUNE
F
S
8
M T W T
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
8
9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
8
7
14
21
28
S
7
14
21
28
SEPTEM BER
S
M T W T F
6
4
5
1 2
3
8
9 IO 11 12 13
15 16 17 18 19 20
22 23 2 4 25 26 27
29 30
DECEM BER
8
M T W T F
5
6
3
4
1
2
8
9 10 11 12 13
15 16 17 18 19 20
22 23 2 4 25 26 27
29 30 31
1959
8
M
4 5
11 12
18 19
25 26
8
M
6
5
12 13
19 20
26 27
JANU ARY
S
T W T F
3
1 2
6
7
8
9 10
13 14 15 16 17
20 21 22 23 2 4
27 28 29 30 31
A P R IL
S
T W T F
4
1 2
3
9 10 11
7
8
14 15 16 17 18
21 22 23 24 2 5
28 29 3 0
FEBRUARY
8
M T W T
4
5
1 2
3
9 IO 11 12
8
15 16 17 18 19
22 23 2 4 25 26
8
M
T
MAY
W T
6
7
4
5
3
10 11 12 13 14
17 18 19 20 21
24 25 26 27 28
31
4
F
8
6
7
13 14
20 21
2 7 28
■F
S
1 2
9
8
15 16
22 23
29 3 0
MARCH
S
F
8
M T W T
6
7
4
5
3
1 2
9 10 11 12 13 14
8
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
S
7
14
21
28
M
T
JU NE
W T
F
S
6
4
5
1 2
3
8
9 IO 11 12 13
15 16 17 18 19 20
22 2 3 2 4 25 26 2 7
29 3 0
College Calendar
1957
Fall Semester
September 19-21 .......................Freshman placement days
September 23 ...........................Registration, 1: 30 p.m.
September 2 4 .........................i . Classes and honors seminars begin
October 1 .................................Meeting of the Board of Managers
November 5 .............................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
November 16 ...........................Mid-semester reports
November 28-30 .......................Thanksgiving recess
December 3 ...............................Annual Meeting of the Board of Managers
December 2 1 ............................ Christmas recess begins, 12: 00 noon
1958
January
January
January
January
January
January
January
6 ...................................Christmas recess ends, 8: 00 a.m.
17 .............................. Classes and seminars end
18 ...............................Registration for spring semester, 9: 00 a.m.
20, 21 .........................Review period for course students
20 ...............................Honors seminars begin for spring semester
22 ...............................Mid-year examinations begin
3 1 .................................Mid-year examinations end
Spring Semester
February 3 ................................. Classes begin
February 4
.........................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
March 4 .................. ..Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
March 2 2 ................................... Mid-semester reports
March 2 2 .................. ..
Spring recess begins, 12: 00 noon
March 3 1 ............................... .Spring recess ends, 8: 00 a.m.
April 1 .....................................Meeting of the Board of Managers
May 3 .......................................Honors seminars end
May 6 ............ .......................... Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
May 15 ....................................Written honors examinations begin
May 17 .....................................Classes end
May 19 .................... ................Enrollment in classes for fall semester, 1: 30 p.m.
May 19-21.............................R ev iew period for course students
May 22 ................................... Course examinations begin
May 26 .....................................Written honors examinations end
May 29-31............................... Oral honors examinations
May 31 ................................... Course examinations end
June 2-4 ..................................Senior comprehensive examinations
June 6 .......................................Meeting of the Board of Managers
June 7 .......................................Alumni Day
June 8 .......................................Baccalaureate Day
June 9 ....................................... Commencement Day
5
College Calendar (Tentative)
1958
Fall Semester
September 18-20 ...................... Freshman placement days
September 22 ...........................Registration, 1: 30 p.m.
September 23 ...........................Classes and honors seminars begin
October 7 .................................Meeting of the Board of Managers
November 4 .............................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
November 15 ...........................Mid-semester reports
November 27-29 .......................Thanksgiving recess
December 2 ..............................Annual Meeting of the Board of Managers
December 2 0 .............................Christmas recess begins, 5: 00 p.m.
1959
January
January
January
January
January
January
January
5 ...................................Christmas recess ends, 8: 00 a.m.
1 6 .................................Classes and seminars end
1 7 .................................Registration for spring semester, 1: 30 p.m.
1 9 .................................Honors seminars begin for spring semester
19, 20 .........................Review period for course students
2 1 .................................Mid-year examinations begin
3 1 .................................Mid-year examinations end
Spring Semester
February 2 .................................Classes begin
February 3 ................................. Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
March 3 ..................................... Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
March 2 1 ................................... Mid-semester reports
March 2 1 ................................... Spring recess begins, 12: 00 noon
March 3 0 ................................... Spring recess ends, 8: 00 a.m.
April 7 .....................................Meeting of the Board of Managers
May 2 ....................................... Honors seminars end
May 5 .......................................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
May 14 .....................................Written honors examinations begin
May 16 ..................................... Classes end
May 18 .....................................Enrollment in classes for fall semester, 1: 30 p.m.
May 18-20................................ Review period for course students
May 21 ..................................... Course examinations 'begin
May 25 .....................................Written honors examinations end
May 28-30 .................................Oral honors examinations
May 30 .....................................Course examinations end
June 1-3 ................................... Senior comprehensive examinations
June 5 .......................................Meeting of the Board of Managers
June 6 ....................................... Alumni Day
June 7 ....................................... Baccalaureate Day
June 8 .......................................Commencement Day
6
The Corporation
Claude C. Sm ith , President
1617 Land Title Building, Philadelphia 10, Pa.
N orman H. W inde , Vice-President
Ridley Creek Rd., R. D. 2, Media, Pa.
E leanor Stabler Clarke, Secretary
Crumwald Farm, Wallingford, Pa.
J oseph B. Shane , Assistant Secretary
Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa.
E. Lawrence W orstall, Treasurer
Broad and Chestnut Streets, Philadelphia 1, Pa.
Edward K. Cratsley, Assistant Treasurer
Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa.
Board of Managers
Ex officio
Courtney Sm ith , Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa.
Emeriti
Ru t h P otter Ashton , 409 Elm Avenue, Swarthmore, Pa.
Elsie P almer Brow n , 1622 Twenty-ninth Street, N. W., Washington 7, D. C.
Isaac H. C lothier , J r ., 801 Market Street, Philadelphia 5, Pa.
M ary Lippincott G riscom , 314 East Central Avenue, Moorestown, N. J.
Edith W ilson J ackson, 317 North Chester Road, Swarthmore, Pa.
Robert E. Lamb, 3429 West Indiana Avenue, Philadelphia 32, Pa.
Lydia Foulke T aylor, 23 Summit Avenue, Larchmont, N. Y.
Barclay W hite , 3337 Market Street, Philadelphia 4, Pa.
Life Members
E leanor Stabler C larke, Crumwald Farm, Wallingford, Pa.
H adassah M. L. P arrot, 1025 Westview Street, Philadelphia 19, Pa.
C laude C. Sm ith , 1617 Land Title Building, Philadelphia 10, Pa.
H elen G awthrop W orth , 805 Augusta Road, Westover Hills, Wilmington 6, Del.
Term Expires December, 1957
Elisabeth H allowell Bartlett , 1922 Mount Royal Terrace, Baltimore 17, Md.
N icholas K elley , 70 Broadway, New York 4, N. Y.
K athryn Sonneborn R ead, 5407 Atlantic Ave., Ventnor, N. J.
E. Lawrence W orstall, 33 Dudley Avenue, Lansdowne, Pa.
»A n n e P hilips B lake , 215 N orth Rd., Lindamere, W ilmington 3, Del.
»C harles P. Larkin , J r ., 410 Welsh Street, Chester, Pa.
Nominated by the Alumni Association.
8
Term Expires December, 1958
I sabel J enkins Booth , Jefferson House, The Strand, New Castle, Del.
Richard C. Bond , 1300 Market St., Philadelphia, Pa.
T heodore W iding, 2044 Philadelphia National Bank Building, Philadelphia 7, Pa.
A lfred H. W illiams , Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, 925 Chestnut St., Phil
adelphia 1, Pa.
♦Catharine W . D onnelly , 1202 Windy Gate Road, Baltimore 4, Md.
♦W illiam F. Lee, 5 Guernsey Road, Swarthmore, Pa.
Term Expires December, 1959
Boyd T. Barnard, 914 Philadelphia National Bank Building, Philadelphia 7, Pa.
G eorge B. Clothier , 1418 Packard Building, Philadelphia 2, Pa.
H ilda Lang D enw orth , 301 Elm Ave., Swarthmore, Pa.
T homas B. M cCabe, Front and Market Streets, Chester, Pa.
A nn e Engle T aylor, 8240 Fairview Road, Philadelphia 17, Pa.
W illiam H. W ard, 630 Strath Haven Avenue, Swarthmore, Pa.
J oseph H. W illits , North Greenwich Road, Armonk, New York
♦C lem ent M. Biddle, J r ., 230 Oakridge Avenue, Summit, New Jersey
♦E lizabeth Carver P reston , 60 Dogwood Lane, Swarthmore, Pa.
Term Expires December, I960
H. T homas H allowell , J r ., 1022 Meetinghouse Road, Rydal, Pa.
C. N orman Stabler, 230 West Forty-first Street, New York, N. Y.
H oward S. T urner , 103 Lebanon Hills Drive, Pittsburgh 28, Pa.
N orman H. W inde , Ridley Creek Road, R. D. 2, Media, Pa. ’
♦Esther Ridpath D elaplaine , 6402 West Halbert Road, Bethesda 14, Md.
♦Richard H. M cF eely, George School, Bucks County, Pa.
C o m m it t e e s
of the
B oard
The President is ex-Officio a member of Every Committee
Executive
Boyd T. Barnard
I sabel J enkins Booth
Eleanor Stabler Clarke
H ilda Lang D enworth
T homas B. M cCabe
H adassah M. L. P arrot
H oward S. T urner
T heodore W iding
N orman H. W inde
E. Lawrence W orstall
H elen G awthrop W orth
Finance
N icholas K elley
T homas B. M cCabe
T heodore W iding
E. Lawrence W orstall
G eorge B. C lothier
H. T homas H allowell
Instruction and Libraries
H elen G awthrop W orth
An n e P hilips Blake
H ilda Lang D enw orth
Catharine W . D onnelly
H adassah M. L. Parrot
H oward S. T urner
T heodore W iding
J oseph H. W illits
Nominated by the Alumni Association.
9
Property
N orman H. W inds
Boyd T. Barnard
Elisabeth H allowell Bartlett
Isabel J enkins Booth
Esther Ridpath D elaplaine
Charles P. L arkin, J r .
W illiam F. Lee
An n e Engle T aylor
Trusts
T homas B. M c Cabe
Boyd T. Barnard
Richard C. Bond
C. N orman Stabler
W illiam H . W ard
Alfred H . W illiams
E. Lawrence W orstall
Student Activities
H ilda Lang D enworth
C lem ent M. Biddlb, J r .
I sabel J enkins Booth
E leanor Stabler Clarke
W illiam F. Leb
Richard H. M c Feely
Elizabeth Carver P reston
H oward S. T urner
N orman H . W inde
Nominating
H oward S. T urner
Boyd T. Barnard
Isabel J enkins Booth
H ilda Lang D enworth
T homas B. M c Cabe
H elen G aw throp W orth
Development
Boyd T. Barnard
Richard C. Bond
Eleanor Stabler Clarke
G eorge B. C lothier
T homas B. M c Cabe
H adassah M. L. P arrot
H oward S. T urner
W illiam H . W ard
J oseph H . W illits
10
Alumni Association Officers
1957-1959
President, Charles E. Rickards ’27, 555 Hansell Road, Wynnewood, Pa.
Vice-President for Men, Robert H. W ilson ’31, 603 Harvard Ave., Swarthmore, Pa.
Vice-President for Women, G ertrude J olls W inds ’28, Ridley Creek Rd., R.F.D.
No. 2, Media, Pa.
Secretary, An n Lapham Frazer ’38, 146 Scenic Road, Springfield, Pa.
Alumni Council
Zone I
T erm Expires
JU N B
1958
F. Preston Buckman , J r . ’41, 1453 Tallyho Road, Meadowbrook, Pa.
J. Earle Edwards, J r . ’36, 137 Rutgers Ave., Swarthmore, Pa.
1959 Carl C. Colket ’38, 45 Rosemont Ave., Rosemont, Pa.
D onald C. T urner '31, Turner Construction Co., 1500 Walnut St., Phila
delphia, Pa.
1960
Robert B. Clothier ’27, 101 Columbia Ave., Swarthmore, Pa.
H. M erle M ulloy ’24, Winding Lane, R. D. No. 3, Media, Pa.
P orter R. W ray ’34, 256 Woodhaven Drive, Pittsburgh 28, Pa.
1958 M argaret W alker Lippinco tt ’45, Rose Valley Road, Moylan, Pa.
E lizabeth M cCabe T hiem e ’27, 208 E. Rose Valley Road, Wallingford, Pa.
1959 O live D eane Baker ’28, Longfield, Ridley Park, Pa.
Rut h Cleaver Carter ’30, 329 Owen Ave., Lansdowne, Pa.
1960 Lee W eiss F rank ’21, 1800 Pine Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa.
M argaret L. M c Laren ’49, 317 N. Chester Road, Swarthmore, Pa.
H elen Coles W ood ’17, 36 Lakeview Drive, Morrestown, N. J.
Zone II
1958 W ilbur M. M cF eely ’29, 117 Graham Street, Highland Park, N. J.
1959 C arroll G. Bow en ’48, Oxford University Press, 5750 Ellis Ave., Chicago
37, 111.
1960 Robert B. R edman ’30, 111 N. Walnut Street, East Orange, N. J.
1958 G ertrude P axson Seibert ’29, 105 Brookside Road, Darien, Conn.
1959 H arriet P. G allagher ’51, 840 Floral Ave., Elizabeth 3, N. J.
1960 E lizabeth N ewcomb Rayner ’31, 823 Boston Post Road, Weston, Mass.
Zone III
1958
1959
1958
1959
W alter T. Skallerup , J r . ’42, 1701 K Street, N.W., Washington 6, D. C.
Richard H. M ayfield '43, 5317 Wriley Road, Westhaven, Washington 16, D. C.
Lisbeth Crowell Lieberman ’45, 104 Kelvin Lane, Oak Ridge, Tenn.
Sally M acLellan Councill ’46, 510 Seneca Road, Richmond, Va.
Zone TV
1958 Spencer R. K eare ’25, 1270 Linden Ave., Highland Park, 111.
1959 C. A lfred Z in n '25, 752 Convers Ave., Zanesville, Ohio
1958 Barbara M oore G ary ’48, 7708 Juniper Ave., Gary 5, Indiana
1959 Suzanne Bradley Bush ’47, 300 Woodland Ave, Winnetka, 111.
Zone V
1960 G eorge C. Bond ’42, 1230 Wabash Street, Pasadena 3, Calif.
I960 E lizabeth G eddes Baker ’34, 72 Heather Drive, Atherton, Calif.
11
The Faculty
Courtney Sm ith , President .................................................................... 324 Cedar Lane
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University.
Edward K. Cratsley, Vice-President (Finance), Controller, and Professor of Eco-
.............................................................................................. 925 Strath Haven Avenue
B.A., College of Wooster; M.B.A. and D.C.S., Harvard University.
J oseph B. Sha n e , Vice-President (Public Relations and Alumni Affairs) and Pro
fessor of Education................................................................... . .Cunningham House
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Susan P. Cobbs, Dean and Professor of Classics.........................................West House
B.A., Randolph-Macon Woman’s College; M.A., New York University; Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
.
W illiam C. H . Prentice , Dean and Professor of Psychology.......... 1 W hittier Place
B.A., Swarthmore College; M. A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Jo h n M. M oore , Associate Dean, Registrar and Professor of Philosophy,
J
2 Whittier Place
B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Harvard Univer
sity; Ph.D., Columbia University.
G ilmore Stott , Associate Dean and Lecturer in Philosophy,
318 Dartmouth Avenue
B.A. and M.A., Universtiy of Cincinnati; B.A. and M.A., Oxford University;
M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University.
D eborah W ing , Associate Dean ................ .................................... Swarthmore College
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Radcliffe College.
R obert A. Barr, J r ., Assistant Dean for A dm issions.......................312 Cedar Lane
B.A., Swarthmore College.
E m e r it i
Lydia Baer, Associate Professor Emeritus of G erm an.......... Anna Maria Island, Fla.
B.A., Oberlin College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
A lfred M ansfield Brooks, Professor Emeritus of Fine Arts . . . . . .Gloucester, Mass.
B.A. and M.A., Harvard University; M.A., Indiana University.
H enry J ermain M aude Creighton , Professor Emeritus of Chemistry,
Tigh-Solas, Glen Margaret, Nova Scotia, Canada
B.A., M.A. and LL.D., Dalhousie University; M.Sc., University of Birmingham;
D.Sc., Das eidgenössische Polytechnikum, Zürich.
P h ilip M arshall H icks, Professor Emeritus of English Literature . . . .Avondale, Pa.
B.A. and M.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
W olfgang K öhler , Research Professor Emeritus of Philosophy and Psychology (on
special research grant) ......................................................................603 Elm Avenue
Dr. Phil., University of Berlin; D.Sc., University of Pennsylvania, University of
Chicago, Kenyon College.
^ ,
Samuel Copeland P almer , Professor Emeritus of Botany . .. .403 N . Chester Road
B.A. and M.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
P ro fesso rs
M ary A lbertson , Professor of H isto ry............................................. 405 Walnut Lane
B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College.
Solomon E. A sch , Professor of Psychology .........................................513 Elm Avenue
B.S., College of the City of New York; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
G eorge J. Becker, Professor of E n g lish ........................................... 401 Walnut Lane
B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., University of Washington.
P aul H. Beik , Professor of History ................................................... 4 Whittier Place
B.A., Union College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University,
tR ichard B. Brandt, Charles and Harriett Cox McDowell Professor of Philosophy,
B.A., Denison University; B.A., University of Cambridge;
versity.
f Absent on leave, spring semester, 1957-58.
12
521 Elm Avenue
Ph.D., Yale Uni
H einrich Brinkm ann , Edward Hicks Magill Professor of Mathematics,
403 W alnut Lane
B.A., Stanford University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Samuel T. Carpenter , Isaiah V. Williamson Professor of Civil and Mechanical
Engineering ........................................................................................612 Ogden Avenue
B.C.E., C.E., and M.S., Ohio State University.
W illiam J. Cope , Professor of Mechanical Engineering .........1121 Muhlenberg Ave.
B.S, in M.E., University of Utah; M.E., Stanford University; Sc.D. in M.E.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Edward H. Cox, Edmund Allen Professor of Chemistry ................... 416 Park Avenue
B.S., Earlham College; M.A., Harvard University; Docteur és Science, L’U ni
versité de Geneve; Docteur honoris causa, L’Université de Montpellier.
ÎW . C. E lmore , Professor of P hysics ................... .. .Baltimore Pike, R. D . 3, Media
B.S., Lehigh University; Ph.D., Yale University.
Robert K. Enders, Isaac H. Clothier, Jr., Professor of Biology . . . .311 Elm Avenue
B.A. and Ph.D., University of Michigan.
M ilan W . G arrett, Professor of Physics ........................336 N orth Princeton Avenue
B.A. and M.A., Stanford University; B.A. and D . Phil., University of Oxford.
Everett L. H un t , Professor of English and Dean Em eritus ............. 604 Elm Avenue
B.A., Huron College; M.A., University of Chicago; D.Litt., Huron College.
H oward M alcolm J enkins , Henry C. and J. Archer Turner Professor of Engineer
ing .............................................................................................. 506 N orth Chester Road
B.A. and E.E., Swarthmore College.
W alter B. K eighton , J r ., Professor of Chemistry.................. .......... 311 Cedar Lane
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Princeton University.
H arold M. M arch, Professor of French .................................. 317 N orth Chester Road
B.A., Princeton University; Ph.D., Yale University.
tJOHN D. M cCrum m , Professor of Electrical Engineering,
Palmer M ill Road, R.D. 1, Media
B.S. and M.S., University of Colorado.
_
J.' Roland P ennock , Professor of Political Science ............................ 3 W hittier Place
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
fE dith P hilips , Susan W . Lippincott Professor of F rench ................. 517 Elm Avenue
B.A., Goucher College; Docteur de l’Université de Paris.
ÎF rank C. P ierson , Professor of Economies .................................... 740 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Columbia University.
Charles B. Shaw , Librarian .............................................................. 606 Ogden Avenue
B.A., M.A. and L.H.D., Clark University.
L. R. Shero , Professor of Greek ............................................. 651 N orth Chester Road
B.A., Haverford College; B.A., Oxford University; M.A. and Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin.
A lfred J. Sw an , Professor of Music (on joint appointment with Haverford College)
773 College Avenue, Haverford
B.A. and M.A., Oxford University.
F rederick B. T ollés, Howard M. Jenkins Professor of Quaker History and Research,
and Director of the Friends Historical Library ................................ 606 Elm Avenue
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University.
P eter van de K amp , Professor of Astronomy and Director of Sproul Observatory,
602 Elm Avenue
Cand. and Docts., University of Utrecht; Ph.D., University of California; D.Phil.,
University of Groningen.
Robert M. W alker, Professor of Fine Arts .............................. ..
.212 Elm Avenue
B.A. and M.F.A., Princeton University; Ph.D., Harvard University.
H ans W allach , Professor of Psychology ................................................. 4 Crum Ledge
Dr. Phil., University of Berlin.
Clair W ilcox, Joseph Wharton Professor of Political Economy . .510 Ogden Avenue
B.S., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ohio State University; Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania.
ÎE lizabeth Cox W right , Professor of E nglish .............................. Rose Valley, Moylan
B.A., Wellesley College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
t Absent on leave, 1957-58.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1957-58.
13
A ssociate P rofessors
D ennison Bancroft , Associate Professor of Physics.................733 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Amherst College; Ph.D., Harvard University.
M onroe C. Beardsley, Associate Professor of Philosophy........ 133 Rutgers Avenue
B.A. and Ph.D., Yale University.
.
'
P h ilip W . Carruth , Associate Professor of Mathematics.................515 Elm Avenue
B.A., Hamilton College; M.A., Syracuse University; Ph.D., University of Illinois.
H ilde D. Co h n , Associate Professor of German .............. 302 N orth Chester Road
Dr. Phil., University of Heidelberg.
J oseph W . Conard, Associate Professor of Economics,
217 North Swarthmore Avenue
B.A., Grinnell College; M.A., University of California.
Robert H . D u n n , Associate Professor of Physical Education for Men,
811 Westdale Avenue
B.S., Temple University.
.
.
Lewis H. E lverson, Associate Professor of Physical Education for Men,
6 Whittier Place
B.S., University of Pennsylvania.
E. J. Faulkner , Associate Professor of Physical Education for Men,
235 Dickinson Avenue
Edward A. F eh nel , Associate Professor of Chem istry.......................600 Elm Avenue
B.S., M.S. and Ph.D., Lehigh University.
♦J ames A. F ield, J r ., Associate Professor of H isto ry...................612 Hillborn Avenue
B.S., M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Launce J. F lemister , J r ., Associate Professor of Zoology,
■
Rogers Lane and Plush Mill Road, Wallingford
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Duke University.
D uncan G raham F oster, Associate Professor of Chemistry.................15 Crest Lane
B.A. and M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University.
H enry G leitman , Associate Professor of Psychology........................... 2 Crum Ledge
B.S., College of the City of New York; Ph.D., University of California.
G ilbert P. H aight , J r ., Associate Professor of Chemistry.......... 409 College Avenue
B.A., Stanford University; Ph.D., Princeton University.
F redric S. K lees, Associate Professor of E nglish...............................525 Elm Avenue
B.A., Bowdoin College.
, „ ,
.
t Laurence D. Lafore , Associate Professor of H isto ry .................. 506 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy.
Luzern G. Livingston , Associate Professor of Botany,
422 Highland Avenue, Morton
B.S., Lawrence College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Franz H. M autner , Associate Professor of G erm an.......................519 Walnut Lane
Ph.D with distinction, Univ. of Vienna.
J N orman A. M binkoth , Associate Professor of Zoology,
431 West Woodland Avenue, Springfield
B. of Ed., Southern Illinois Teachers College; M.S. and Ph.D., University of
Illinois.
. , ,
, _r
I rene M oll , Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women,
The Damsite, Wallingford
B.S. in Ed., University of Kansas; M.A., Texas State College for Women.
Bernard M orrill , Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering,
21 Oberlin Avenue
B.S. in M.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.M.E., University of
Delaware.
1
H elen F. N orth , Associate Professor of Classics.................120 South Chester Road
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University.
M ay E. P arry, Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women,
317 North Chester Road
B.A., Swarthmore College; B.S., Temple University.
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1957-58.
1957-58.
t Absent on leave,
14
V irginia R ath , Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women .735 Yale Ave.
B.A., Hollins College; M.A., Columbia University.
H edley R hys, Associate Professor of Pine A r t s ................................. 512 Elm Avenue
B.A., West Virginia University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University.
J ames D. Sorber, Associate Professor of Spanish.............................404 Walnut Lane
B.A., Lehigh University; M.A., University of Nebraska.
W illis J. Stetson , Associate Professor of Physical Education for Men and Director
of A th letics................................................... 144 North Highland Road, Springfield
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
K e n n e t h N. W altz , Associate Professor of Political Science.............. 1 Crum Ledge
B.A., Oberlin College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
W illis D. W eatherford , Associate Professor of Economics.......... 515 Elm Avenue
B.A., Vanderbilt University; B.D., Yale University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University.
N eal A. W eber, Associate Professor of Z oology....................................... W est H0yise
B.A. and M.S., University of North Dakota; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r s
W arren E. Adams, Assistant Professor of Economics .......... Swarthmore College
B.A., Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley.
E lisa A sensio , Assistant Professor of Spanish.............. 500 Oakley Road, Haverford
M.A., Middlebury College.
Carl Barus, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering ............... .8 W hittier Place
B.A., Brown University; M.S. in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
ÎK urt K. Bohnsack , Assistant Professor of B iology.........................318 Yale Avenue
B.S., Ohio University; M.S. and Ph.D., University of Michigan.
D avid L. Bowler , Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering,........ 3 Crum Leu§e
B.S. in E.E., Bucknell University; M.S. in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of TechW illiam H. Brow n , J r ., Assistant Professor of Economics .Crum Creek Rd., Media
B.A. and Ph.D., Yale University.
G loria L. Carey, Assistant Professor of Psychology .......... ■•8<^5 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Western Washington College of Education; M.S., University of Washington;
Ph.D., Stanford University.
D avid Cowden , Assistant Professor of E nglish.......................■• • ‘3*? Ogden Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
R obert D. Cross, Assistant Professor of H isto ry.........................915 Harvard Avenue
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
,
C harles E. G ilbert , Assistant Professor of Political Science.............. 8 Crum Ledge
B.A., Haverford College; Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Frédéric J. G rover, Assistant Professor of F rench........ ..
.............6 Crum Ledge
L. és L., University of Paris; Ph.D., University of California.
Eleanor K. H ess, Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women,
321 Davis Road, Havertown
D anibl G. H offm an , Assistant Professor of E nglish...........................5 Crum Ledge
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
Samuel L. H ynes , Assistant Professor of English ........ . . . . . . _ . 5 W hittier Place
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
jr o y F. Linsenmeyer , Assistant Prof, of Civil Engineering. .. .99 Dartmouth Ave.
B.S. in C.E., University of Pittsburgh; M.S.E., University of Michigan.
P eter M adison, Assistant Professor of Psychology . .............. ; • ■•
W hittier Place
B.S., University of Oregon; M. A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Edgar R. M ullins , J r ., Assistant Professor of Mathematics . . . . 406 Haverford Place
B.A., Grinnell College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Illinois.
$ Absent on leave, 1J57-58.
15
Charles W. N ew lin , Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering,
204 Sunnybrook Road, Springfield
B.C.E., Rose Polytechnic Institute; M.S., Harvard University.
P h ilip C. P rager, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering,
132 North Highland Road, Springfield
B.S. in M.E., University of Pittsburgh; M.M.E., University of Delaware.
JP eter Riesenberg, Assistant Professor of H isto ry...........................519 Walnut Lane
B.A., Rutgers University; M.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., Columbia Uni
versity.
D avid Rosen , Assistant Professor of Mathematics . . .115 President Avenue, Rutledge
B.A., New York University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
J ustus Rosenberg, Assistant Professor of German and Russian . .915 Harvard Avenue
L. 6s L., University of Paris; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati.
M ichael J. Scriven, Assistant Professor of Philosophy.................. 519 Walnut Lane
B.A. and M.A., University of Melbourne; D. Phil., Oxford University.
D avid G. Sm ith , Assistant Professor of Political Science............ Swarthmore College
B.A. and M.A., University of Oklahoma; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University.
P eter G ram Swing , Asst. Prof, of Music and Director of the Chorus 7 Crum Ledge
B.A. and M.A., Harvard University.
♦J eanne T heis W hitaker , Assistant Professor of French .. .317 North Chester Road
B. A., Swarthmore College.
M erton J oseph W illis , Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering,
Copples and Calendar Lanes, Wallingford
B.C.E., University of Washington; M.S., Cornell University.
I Arn e A. W yller, Asst. Prof, and Research Associate in Astronomy. . 2 Crum Ledge
Cand. Mag., Oslo University; Ph.D., Harvard University.
In stru cto rs
J ames M artin Brouwer , Instructor in History ...................... 805 Harvard Avenue
B.A. and M.A., Yale University.
J o h n S. Coolidge, Instructor in E nglish.................................Moylan-Rose Valley, Pa.
B.A. and M.A., Harvard University.
W illiam C. D enison , Instructor in Botany ........................... 317 North Chester Road
A.
B. and A.M., Oberlin College.
T oshiyuki F ukushima , Instructor in Mechanical Engineering . . . .519 Walnut Lane
B.
S., Swarthmore College.
H arold G. K lein , Instructor in Biology ...................................Swarthmore College
B.S., M.S., Cornell University.
J acob N achmlas, Instructor in Psychology, .......................302 North Chester Road
B.A., Cornell University; M.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard University.
G ene D onald O verstreet, Instructor in Political Science........ 102 Cornell Avenue
B.A., Reed College; M.A., Columbia University.
J erome A. Shaffer , Instructor in Philosophy .................. 915 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Cornell University; Ph.D., Princeton University.
Robert J ames Stone , Instructor in Civil Engineering,
231 West Albemarle Ave., Lansdowne, Pa.
B.S., College of William and Mary; B.S., Swarthmore College; M.S.E., University
of Michigan. .
P ercy Linwood U rban , J r ., Instructor in R eligion............ 317 North Chester Road
B.A., Princeton University; S.T.B. and S.T.M., General Theological Seminary.
D aniel W illard, Instructor in Physics.........................................835 Harvard Avenue
B.S. and M.S., Yale University; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
H arrison M orris W right, Instructor in History, .................. Swarthmore College
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
A lex Z werdling , Instructor in English ...................................835 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Cornell University; M.A., Princeton University.
t Absent on leave, 1957-58.
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1957-58.
16
Lecturers
and
A ssistants
Avery B lake, Assistant in Physical Education for M e n .............. 49 Amherst Avenue
A lice Brodhead, Lecturer in Psychology and Education.............. 316 Ogden Avenue
B.S. and M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
N adia Chilkovsky, Assistant in Physical Education for Women,
217 S. Van Pelt St., Philadelphia
J o h n I. Coddington, Lecturer in H istory...............................302 North Chester Road
B.A. and M.A., Harvard University.
N icole T issot Crosby, Assistant in Modern Languages,
401 West Price St., Philadelphia, Pa.
B.A., Swarthmore College.
G omer H. D avies, Assistant in Physical Education for Men . . . .Swarthmore College
B.S., East Stroudsburg State Teachers College; Ed.M., Temple University.
J o h n B. H . D onaldson , Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
Brookside Road, Wallingford, Pa.
B.A. and LL.B., University of Pennsylvania.
Sarah F lemister , Lecturer in Biology,
Rogers Lane and Plush Mill Rd., Wallingford
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Duke University.
Laurence W . Fredrick, Assistant in A stronom y...................... 805 Harvard Avenue
B.A. and M.A., Swarthmore College.
H elen H all , Consultant in Reading and Language...................607 Hillborn Avenue
B.A., Wellesley College; M.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University of Penn
sylvania.
H elen M anning H unter , Lecturer in Economics.......... 5 College Circle, Haverford
Ph.D., Radcliffe College.
O lga Lang, Lecturer in R ussian.................................Bryn Mawr College, Bryn Mawr
Graduate, University of Moscow.
Barbara P earson Lange , Director of Dramatics and Lecturer in English,
319 Cedar Lane
K e n n e t h L. Laws, Assistant in Physics.......... 203 St. Marks Sq., Philadelphia 4, Pa.
B.S., California Institute of Technology.
Sarah Lee Lipppincott , Research Associate in Astronom y.............. 510 Elm Avenue
B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Swarthmore College.
J ames J. M c Adoo, Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
513 East Bringhurst St., Germantown, Pa.
A n n a M arguerite M cCa n n , Lecturer in Pine Arts ..1342 Baltimore Pike, Media
B.A., Wellesley College; M.A., Institute of Fine Arts, New York University.
Richard M adison, Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
Cameron Drive, Sproul Estates
B.A., Franklin and Marshall College.
J ames H. M iller , Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
834 Seventh Ave., Prospect Park
J. Earl N ess, J r ., College O rganist................................... 2034 Pine St., Philadelphia
Mus.B., Curtis Institute of Music; A.A.G.O.
H elen P ennock , Director of Arts and C ra fts...................................3 Whittier Place
B.A., Earlham College.
J ean Ashmead P erkins , Lecturer in F rench.................. 8 Althea Lane, Morton, Pa.
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Columbia University.
W illiam Reese, Lecturer in Music and Director of the Orchestra,
Haverford College, Haverford
B.A., Amherst College; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Berlin.
G regory V lastos, Lecturer in Philosophy.......... 124 Random Road, Princeton, N. J.
B.A., Robert College, Istanbul; B.D. and D.D., Chicago Theological Seminary;
Ph.D., Harvard Uniyersity.
17
D ivisions
I.
and
D epartments
Division of the Humanities— H elen F. N orth , Chairman
Classics, L. R. Shbro , Chairman.
English Literature, G eorge J. Becker, Chairman.
Fine Arts, R obert M. W alker , Chairman.
History, M ary A lbertson , Chairman.
Modern Languages, Edith P hilips , Chairman.
Music, A lfred J. Sw an , Chairman.
Philosophy and Religion, Richard B. Brandt, Chairman.
Psychology and Educatioh, H ans W allach , Chairman.
II.
Division of the Social Sciences— P aul H . Beik , Chairman
Economics, Clair W ilcox, Chairman.
History, M ary A lbertson, Chairman.
Philosophy and Religion, Richard B. Brandt, Chairman.
Political Science, J. Roland P ennock , Chairman.
Psychology and Education, H ans W allach , Chairman.
III.
Division of Mathematics and the Natural Sciences—
W alter B. K eighton , J r ., Chairman
Astronomy, P eter van de K amp , Chairman.
Biology, R obert K. Enders, Chairman.
Chemistry, Edward H . Cox, Chairman.
Electrical Engineering, H oward M. J enkins , Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkm ann , Chairman.
Physics, W illiam C. E lmore , Chairman.
(D ennison Bancroft , Acting Chairman, 1957-58.)
Psychology and Education, H ans W allach , Chairman.
IV.
Division of Engineering—Samuel T. Carpenter , Acting Chairman
Civil Engineering, Samuel T. C arpenter , Chairman.
Electrical Engineering, H oward M. J enkins , Chcdrman.
Mechanical Engineering, W illiam J. Cope , Chairman.
Chemistry, Edward H . Cox, Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkm ann , Chairman.
Physics, W illiam C. E lmore, Chairman.
(D ennison Bancroft , Acting Chairman, 1957-58.)
18
Standing Committees
of the
Faculty
Moore, Chairman.
Becker, Carruth, Cobbs, Morrill, Prentice, Sorber.
academic requirements :
( m e n ) : Prentice, Chairman.
Barr, Cobbs, Cross, Elverson, Moore, Mullins, Newlin, Shane, Stott.
admissions and scholarships
( w o m en ) : Cobbs, Chairman.
Barr, Conard, Cross, L. Flemister, Hynes, Prentice, Wing.
admissions and scholarships
Stetson, Chairman.
Brown, Cratsley, Dunn, Prager, Prentice, Rath, Shane, Willard.
athletics :
Walker, Chairman.
Fukushima, Gilbert, Livingston, Orbison, Stott, Wing.
awards and prizes :
Shane, Chairman.
Bancroft, Gleitman, Haight, Hunt, Lange, Orbison, Scriven, Swing.
collection :
Weatherford, Chairman.
Beardsley, Gilbert, Hynes, Mautner, Prager, Rhys, Shane, Swan, Swing.
cooper foundation :
Brinkmann, Chairman.
Albertson, Beardsley, Brown, Cobbs, Fehnel, Hynes, Moore, Morrill, Prentice.
curriculum :
distinction in th e course program :
Moore, Chairman.
Barus, Cohn, Garrett, Pennock.
Keighton, Chairman.
Asensio, Shaffer, Shero, D. Smith, Walker, Willis.
swarthmore fellow ships :
Mullins, Chairman.
Cope, Haight, Klees, Orbison, Stott, Weatherford, Wing.
fellowships from other institutions :
Smith, Chairman.
Beik, Carpenter, Cobbs, Jenkins, Keighton, Moore, North, Pennock, Prentice,
Wilcox.
instruction :
North, Chairman.
Asch, Grover, Klees, Mautner, Shaw, Tolies, Weber, Willis.
library:
ARTS: Tolies, Chairman.
Bancroft, Carpenter, Fehnel, Shero, Wallach.
master of
Madison, Chairman.
Bowie, Denison, L. Flemister, Foster, Sorber, Stott.
pre -medical program :
March, Chairman.
Barus, Cratsley, Enders, Pennock, van de Kamp, Wallach.
research :
Moore, Chairman.
Cowden, Foster, Newlin, Rath, Rosen.
schedule of classes:
Prentice, Chairman.
Barr, Beik, Cobbs, Conard, Cross, Moll, Rosenberg, Stott, Wing.
student affairs :
Garrett, Chairman.
Cohn, Cope, Cowden, Weber.
travel allowance :
use o f college facilities by outside organizations :
Cook, Horn, Little, Prager, Rath, Shane, Wood.
Washington semester program : Pennock, Chairman.
Albertson, Conard, Gilbert.
secretary
TO th e faculty : Jenkins.
19
Stetson, Chairman.
Administrative Officers and Assistants
P r e s i d e n t ’s O
f f ic e
President, Courtney Sm ith , B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Assistant to the President, P rosser G ifford , B.A., Yale University; B.A., Oxford
University; LL.B., Harvard University.
Secretary, Barbara L. Calkins, B.A., Middlebury College.
V i c e -P r e s id e n t s ’ O
f f ic e
Vice-President—(Finance) and Controller, Edward K, Cratsley.
B.A., College of Wooster; M.B.A. and D.C.S., Harvard University.
Vice-President— Public Relations and Alumni Affairs, J oseph B. Sh a n e .
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Secretaries, D oris M usgrave, M ildred A. Scott .
D
eans’
O
f f ic e s
Deans:
Susan P. Cobbs, B.A., Randolph-Macon Woman’s College; M.A., New York
University; Ph.D., University of Chicago.
W illiam C. H. P rentice , B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University.
Associate Deans:
J o h n M. M oore , B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; M.A.,
Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia University.
G ilmore Stott , B.A. and M.A., University of Cincinnati; B.A. and M.A., Oxford
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University.
D eborah W ing , B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Radcliffe College.
Assistant Dean for Admissions:
Robert A. Barr, J r ., B.A., Swarthmore College.
Administrative Assistant:
M argaret W . M oore , B.A., Park College; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Consultant in Reading and Language:
H elen H all , B.A., Wellesley College; M.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Uni
versity of Pennsylvania.
Head Residents in Dormitories:
V irginia von Frankenberg , Parrish Hall; B.A., University of Nebraska.
Sara M. Little , Worth Dormitory; B.A., Smith College,
H elen N orth , Palmer Hall; B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University.
H elen C. Bow ie , Pittenger Hall; B.A., University of Colorado.
N atalie E. Brewer , Roberts Hall; B.A., University of Pennsylvania.
D eborah W ing , Robinson House; B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Radcliffe
College.
M artha P. Sha ne , Woolman House; B.A., Swarthmore College.
Secretaries to the Deans:
Emily Bonsall .
A lice D ana H aberle .
M yrtle R. K eeny , B.A., Dickinson College.
F rances W ills Slaugh , B.A., Swarthmore College.
R e g is t r a r ’s O f f i c e
Registrar, J o h n M. M oore, B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary;
M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia University.
Secretaries, M arjorie L. W ebb, B.A., University of Delaware,
Rosamond W. G arrett, B.A., Wilson College.
20
Library Staff
College Library
Librarian: Charles B. Shaw , B.A., M.A., and L.H.D., Clark University.
Technical Services Librarian: M artha A. Connor , B.S., M.A., University of
Pennsylvania; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
Assistant Librarians:
Cataloging: E lizabeth L. H arrar, B.A., University of Delaware; M.A.,
University of Pennsylvania; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
E lizabeth S. Sharpless, B.A., Swarthmore College; B.S. in L.S., Drexel
Institute.
Order: Sara L. M oreland , B.A., University of California at Los Angeles;
B.S. in L.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology.
Assistants: M ary C. K erbaugh, B.A, University of Pennsylvania; G ail C.
T icknor , B.M us., Boston Conservatory of Music.
Readers Services Librarian: H oward H . W illiams, B.A., Lake Forest College;
M.A., and B.S. in L.S., Columbia University.
Assistant Librarians:
Circulation: D oris BeiK, B.A., and B.S. in L.S., New York State College
for Teachers.
Periodicals: M ary G. T ait, B.A., Wells College; B.S. in L.S., Drexel In
stitute.
Assistants: J osephine Sm ith , B.A., Swarthmore College; An n e P erkins ,
University of Delaware; V irginia von F rankenberg , B.A., University of
Nebraska; H arriet B. Co field , B.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Friends Historical Library
Director: Frederick B. T olles, B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Reference Librarian: D orothy G. H arris, B.A., Wellesley College; B.S. in L.S.,
Drexel Institute; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Secretarial Assistant: M argery J ones , B.A., Swarthmore College.
Cataloger: M ildred H irsch , B.S. in L.S., Columbia University.
Swarthmore College Peace Collection:
Curator: M ary G. Cary, B.A., Bryn Mawr College; M.A., University of Penn
sylvania; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
Assistant: H enrietta Bruce , B.A., M.A., University of Oregon.
Honorary Curators of the Friends Historical Library
Clem ent M. Biddle ...............................................................................New York, N . Y.
An n a P ettit Broomell ............................................................................Philadelphia, Pa.
H enry J. C a d b u r y .............................
Haverford, Pa.
An n a G riscom E l k in t o n ............................................................................. Swarthmore, Pa.
LaV erne Fo r b u s h ............................................... ........................................ Baltimore, Md.
Lucretia Franklin .............................................................................................McNabb, 111.
J ames R. Fr o r e r ................... .................................................................Wilmington, Del.
W illiam H ubben ......................................................................................... Philadelphia, Pa.
H annah C lothier H ull .................................................................... .. • •Swarthmore, Pa.
Caroline Biddle M a l i n ........................................................................... New York, N. Y.
G erald M cD o n a l d ....................................................................................New York, N. Y.
Richmond P. M iller .................................................................................. Philadelphia, Pa.
H adassah M. L. P a r r o t ............. '........... . . . . . . ....................................... Philadelphia, Pa.
Edith V erlenden P a s c h a l l .......................... i .......................................... Lansdowne, Pa.
C. M arshall T a y l o r ............................................................................... New York, N. Y.
Advisory Council of the Swarthmore College Peace Collection
Courtney Smith, Chairman; Irwin Abrams, Clement M. Biddle, Anna Cox Brinton, Merle Curti, Emily Cooper Johnson, John W . Nason, Ray Newton, Ernst Posner,
Joseph B. Shane, Charles B. Shaw, Frederick B. Tolles, E. Raymond Wilson.
21
Business O ffice
Assistant Controller, Accounting and Finance, G. C aroline Shero , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Assistants, M yra J. Bell , G ertrude M. G erould, Edith H . Liddell, M arie -Louise
P eck, R ay P. Sho ch .
Assistant Controller, Operations, P h ilip C. P rager, B.S. in M.E., University of Pitts
burgh; MM.E., University of Delaware.
Purchasing Agent, Lewis T. Cook , J r ., B.A., St. Lawrence University; M.S., Pennsyl
vania State College.
Secretary, M artha H. D ecrouez, B.S., University of Minnesota.
Manager of Bookstore, J ean M. Sorber, Assistant; K athryn C. Ben n ett .
Stenographic Staff, M arian M. R ansburg, M arguerite Clifford , O lga A. H um m er .
Switchboard Operators, J ean W . Cornelius , A yme G osman , Edna Corson .
H
D i r e c t o r ’s O
o use
f f ic e
House Director, Sara M. Little , B.A., Smith College.
Assistants to the House Director, K athryn A. D avisson, J anet D. V bbdbr, J essie
C. G ibson .
S u p e r i n t e n d e n t ’s O
f f ic e
Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds, H arry W ood.
Director of Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation, J o h n C. W ister, B.A.,
Harvard University; D.Sc., Swarthmore College.
Consulting Engineer, A ndrew Simpson , B.A., Swarthmore College; M.S., Cornell
University.
Assistants to the Superintendent, C lifford R enshaw , Sr ., Richardson Fields, C lif
ford Renshaw , J r .
Secretaries, V eronica Sullivan , Francis K avanagh.
D
i e t i t i a n ’s
O
f f ic e
Dietitian, R u th S. H orn .
Assistant Dietitian, Billie J. Burnett .
A lum ni
F u n d O f f ic e s
and
Director, K athryn Bassett.
Alumni Recorder, M ary P almer Lichtenberg , B.A., Swarthmore College.
Secretaries, H elene M. D avis, E lnora Cox Swartz .
N
ew s
O
f f ic e —
V o c a t io n a l G
u id a n c e a n d
P lacem ent
Director, M aralyn O rbison , B.A., Swarthmore College.
Secretary, M ildred Strain .
H
ealth
S e r v ic e
Physician, M orris A. Bowie , B.A., University of Colorado; M.D., Harvard University.
Diplomate, American Board of Internal Medicine.
Consulting Psychiatrists:
Leon J. Saul , B.A. and M.A., Columbia University; M.D., Harvard University.
J. W . Lyons , B.A., University of Scranton; M.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Diplomates, American Board of Psychiatry and Neurology (P ).
Nurses:
M ary M cC ullough , R.N. E. E lizabeth M cG bary, R.N., E lse Shaw .
22
Introduction to Swarthmore C ollege
Swarthmore College, founded in 1864 by members of the Religious Society
of Friends, is a small co-educational college situated eleven miles southwest
of Philadelphia. In accordance with the traditions of its Quaker background,
Swarthmore students are expected to prepare themselves for full, wellrounded lives as individuals and as responsible citizens through exacting in
tellectual study supplemented by a varied program of sports and extra
curricular activities.
The college campus contains about 300 acres of rolling wooded land in
the borough of Swarthmore in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. The borough
of Swarthmore is a small residential suburb within half an hour’s commuting
distance of Philadelphia on the West Chester branch of the Pennsylvania
Railroad. Situated near the intersection of U. S. Route 1 (Baltimore Pike)
and Pennsylvania State Highway 320, Swarthmore is easily accessible by car.*
Because of its location, Swarthmore College students are able to combine
the advantages of a semi-rural setting with the opportunities offered by
Philadelphia. Especially valuable is the cooperation made possible with three
other nearby institutions, Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges and the Uni
versity of Pennsylvania.
O
b je c t iv e s a n d
P u rpo ses
The purpose of Swarthmore College is to make its students more valu
able human beings and more useful members of society. It shares this
purpose with other educational institutions, for American education is a
direct outgrowth of our democratic principles. Democracy is based on the
infinite worth of each individual. It can operate successfully only when
mpn are willing to seek together a common good. It depends upon knowl
edge and understanding of the complex problems of modern society. The
debt of our educational system to democracy is equalled only by the debt
of democracy to education.
While a common purpose underlies all American education, each school
and college and university seeks to realize that purpose in its own way.
Each must select those tasks it can do best. Only in this way can it be
most effective. Only by such selection can it contribute to the diversity and
richness of educational opportunity which is a part of the American heritage
and the American strength.
T h e R e l ig io u s T r a d it io n
Swarthmore College was founded by the Religious Society of Friends and
it seeks to illuminate the life of its students with the spiritual principles of
* To reach the college, motorists should turn off U. S. Route 1 to State Highway 320 in the direc
tion of Chester and continue south along Chester* Road in the borough of Swarthmore about half a
mile reaching College Avenue. There a right turn is made to the college campus.
24
that Society. Although it has been non-sectarian in control since the begin
ning of the present century and although the children of Friends are in a
minority, the college seeks to preserve the religious traditions out of which
it sprang.
The essence of Quakerism is the individual’s responsibility for seeking
truth and for applying whatever truth he believes he has found. As a way
of life, it emphasizes hard work, simple living, and generous giving; personal
integrity, social justice, and the peaceful settlement of disputes. The college
does not seek to impose on its students this Quaker view of life, or any
other specific set of convictions about the nature of things and the duty
of man. It does, however, have the two-fold aim of encouraging conscious
concern about such questions and unceasing re-examination of any view
which may be held regarding them. That is the kind of ethical and religious
character which Swarthmore seeks to develop.
T h e C o m m u n it y L if e
Swarthmore is a small college by deliberate policy. Its enrollment in
normal years is about 900 students, of whom 425 are women and 475
are men. It is semi-rural in location, residential and co-educational in
character. These features create an ideal environment for personal growth.
Co-education provides the most natural environment for both men and
women, who in their common work and play come to value each other for
their true worth. Almost all of the students live in the college dormitories
and eat together in the dining room. A large number of faculty houses
are within campus boundaries, making it possible for students to have valu
able social contacts with their professors outside the classroom. The resi
dential character is the basis for a community life in which the ideals of the
college influence every member. Growth in emotional maturity, necessary
both for personal satisfaction and for effective action, is an integral part of
the total educational program.
For this reason the college encourages a wide variety of extra-curricular
activities. Participation in sports has many values, social as well as indi
vidual. Membership in student organizations is important. In practising
parliamentary procedure and in facing the victories and defeats of elective
office, students learn to live together, ironing out the clash of personalities
and the friction of different views. They learn the effectiveness of enthus
iasm and the frustration of indifference. They learn to soften their un
critical intolerance as they struggle to live successfully together. They learn
the meaning of responsibility as they become responsible for their activities.
T h e E d u c a t io n a l P r o g r a m
Swarthmore’s educational program is based on the philosophy that selfdiscovery and self-development are more valuable than the simple demon25
strative method of teaching. Therefore, whenever it is possible, students
are encouraged to make their own analyses, based on original source material
or on laboratory experiments.
Believing also that a liberal education is based on knowledge of many
areas of human experience, the college requires that freshmen and sophomores
take a wide variety of courses. This plan allows them to test their ability
in subjects they have already studied and to explore new fields. By
the end of their sophomore year, students are expected to make two de
cisions: first, what their field of concentration will be for the last two years;
and second, whether they prefer to take "Honors work” or to continue
their study in regular courses.
Honors work, more fully described on pages 58 to 60, is a method
of study open to juniors and seniors who have shown independence and re
sponsibility in their academic work. They are freed from classroom routine
and meet with their instructors in small weekly seminar groups for dis
cussion and evaluation of their work. Since an honors student pursues only
one major and one related minor subject during a semester, this system
facilitates greater concentration and greater independence than is possible
under the usual academic routine. The development of the "honors” or
seminar method was begun under President Aydelotte in 1922, and because
of its success, it has been widely imitated in other institutions.
A c a d e m ic C o m p e t e n c e
Democracy demands a broad base of intelligent understanding of issues.
It also necessitates a high order of excellence in those who are destined to
become its leaders. Swarthmore can best serve society by the maintenance
of high standards. It is peculiarly fitted by tradition and performance for
this essential role, and it is precisely this readiness to do a particular job
well that gives the College its value in the educational mosaic of American
democracy.
Education is largely an individual matter, for no two students are exactly
alike. Some need detailed help, while others profit from considerable
freedom. The program of Honors study, in which Swarthmore pioneered,
is designed to give recognition to this fact. It is the most distinctive feature
of our educational program. For many students it provides an enriching
and exciting intellectual experience. It has as its main ingredients freedom
from class work, maximum latitude for the development of individual re
sponsibility, concentrated work in broad fields of study, and close associa
tion with faculty members in small seminars. The Honors program and the
Course program are parallel systems of instruction for students during their
last two years. Both are designed to evoke the maximum effort and develop
ment from each student, the choice of method being determined by individ
ual need and capacity.
26
A college is never static. Its purposes and policies are always changing
to meet new demands and new conditions. The founders of Swarthmore
would find in it today many features they never contemplated when they
shaped the College in the middle of the nineteenth century. Swarthmore,
if it is to remain alive, must be forever changing. And many people are
continually engaged in shaping its destiny—the Board of Managers, ad
ministration, faculty, students, alumni, parents, and the community as a
whole. The goal is to achieve for each generation, by means appropriate
to the times, that unique contribution and that standard of excellence which
have been the guiding ideals of Swarthmore from its founding.
27
Admission
Inquiries concerning admission and applications should be addressed to
the following: from men, to Gilmore Stott, Associate Dean; from women,
to Deborah Wing, Associate Dean.
G e n e r a l St a t e m e n t
In the selection of students the college seeks those qualities of character,
social responsibility, and intellectual capacity which it is primarily concerned
to develop. It seeks them, not in isolation, but as essential elements in the
whose personality of candidates for admission.
In the competition for admission preference is given to the children of
Friends and alumni who can meet the requirements. It is also the policy
of the college to have the student body represent not only different parts
of the United States but many foreign countries, both public and private
secondary schools, and various economic, social, religious, and racial groups.
Selection is important and difficult. No simple formula will be effective.
The task is to select those who give real promise of distinction in the quality
of their personal lives, in service to the community, or in leadership in their
chosen fields. Swarthmore College must choose its students on the basis of
their individual future worth to society and of their collective realization of
the purpose of the college.
Admission to the freshman class is normally based upon the satisfactory
completion of a four-year program preparatory to advanced liberal study.
Applicants are selected on the following evidence:
1. Record in secondary school;
2. Recommendation of the school principal or headmaster and of others
who know the applicant;
3. Ratings in the Scholastic Aptitude Test and in three Achievement Tests
of the College Entrance Examination Board. In some cases, special
tests may be given by the college.
4. Personal interview with one of the Deans or an appointed representa
tive;
5. Reading and experience, both in school and out.
Applicants must have satisfactory standing in school, and in aptitude and
achievement tests, and should show strong intellectual interests. They should
also give evidence of sturdiness of character, promise of growth, initiative,
seriousness of purpose, and a sense of social responsibility. As future mem
bers of the college community, they should represent varied interests, types,
and backgrounds.
28
Preparation
\
Applicants are urged to make their choice of college as early as possible
in order to plan the work of their school years with the assistance of the
Committees on Admission. In general, preparation should include:
1. Skills: The following skills are essential to success in college work
and should be brought to a high level by study and practice through
out the preparatory period:
a. The use of the English language with accuracy and effectiveness in
reading, writing, and speaking.
b. The use of the principles of arithmetic, algebra, and plane geometry.
c. The use of one, or preferably of two, foreign languages to the point
of reading prose of average difficulty at sight, and of writing and
speaking with some ease and proficiency.
2. Subjects: All, or almost all, of the preparatory course should be com
posed of the subjects listed in the following four groups. Variations
of choice and emphasis are acceptable although some work should be
taken in each group.
History and Social Studies: American, English, European, and ancient
history; political, social, and economic problems of modern society.
Literature and A rt: American, English, and foreign literature, ancient
and modern; music, art, architecture.
Natural Science and Mathematics: chemistry, physics, biology, astron
omy; algebra, geometry, trigonometry. A college major in science
or engineering presupposes substantial work in algebra, in plane and,
if possible, solid geometry, and in trigonometry.
Languages: English, Latin, Greek, German, French, Spanish, other
European or Oriental languages. Applicants who expect to major
in science are strongly advised to include German and, if possible,
French in their school programs.
A pplications
and
Examinations
Applications must be filed in the office of the Deans by February 15
of the year in which the candidate wishes to be admitted. An application
fee of $10.00, which is not refundable, is required of all candidates.
All applicants for admission are required to take the Scholastic Aptitude
Test and three Achievement Tests given by the College Entrance Examina
tion Board.
The Achievement Test in English Composition is required of all candi
dates; the other two Achievement Tests are chosen by the candidate from
29
two different fields. Candidates for engineering must take the test in Ad
vanced Mathematics.
In 1957-58 these tests will be given in various centers throughout this
country and abroad on December 7, January 11, February 8, March 15, May
17 and August 13. Applicants are normally expected to take three Achieve
ment Tests in March of their senior year. They may take the Scholastic
Aptitude Test in December, January, February or March. Scholarship can
didates are urged to take the Aptitude Test in December or January. Those
who wish to take the tests for practice at the end of the Junior year are en
couraged to do so. All such applicants must repeat the tests in their Senior
year, however, in order to give themselves the advantage of maximum prep
aration.
Application to take the test should be made directly to the College
Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. A bulletin
of information may be obtained without charge from the Board. Students
who wish to take the test in any of the following western states, territories,
and Pacific areas, Arizona, California, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada,
New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming, Alaska, Hawaii, Al
berta, British Columbia, Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Mexico, Australia, and all
Pacific Islands including Formosa and Japan, should address their inquiries
and send their applications to the College Entrance Examination Board, Box
27896, Los Angeles 27, California. Application should be made to the
Board at least a month before the date on which the test will be taken.
N o additional tests are required of candidates for scholarships. They
must, however, write for a special application blank at least two weeks in
advance of the date on which applications for admission are due. Informa
tion concerning scholarships will be found on pages 33 to 41.
Notices of the action of the Admissions Committee will be mailed about
May 1.
Advanced Standing
For favorable consideration, applicants for advanced standing must have
had a good scholastic record in the institution from which they wish to
transfer, and must present full credentials for both college and preparatory
work and a letter of honorable dismissal. They must take the Scholastic
Aptitude Test given by the College Entrance Examination Board if this
test has not been taken previously.
As a general rule, students are not admitted to advanced standing later
• than the beginning of the sophomore year. Four terms of study at Swarthmore College constitute the minimum requirement for a degree, two of which
must be those of the senior year.
Freshmen may apply for advanced standing or placement in particular
courses if they have taken college level courses in approved schools and the
Advanced Placement Tests of the Cdllege Entrance Examination Board.
30
Expenses
Charges per academic year of two semesters:
Board, room, and tu itio n ...................................... ..
$1,725*
General fee .................................................................... ..
125
Total charges ............................................................................
$1,850
While a general charge for board, room and tuition is made, this may
be divided into $1000 for tuition and $725 for board and room. The general
fee of $125 per year covers the costs of student health, library and laboratory
fees, athletic fees, arts and crafts, and the support of several other extra
curricular activities.
An additional deposit of $25 per semester is required of each student,
payable in advance, to cover incidental bills. Students may charge purchases
at the college bookstore, and certain other charges agreed to by the Business
Office. W hen this deposit has been exhausted a new one will be required
immediately. Any unused balance is returned at the time of graduating or
leaving college.
One half of the total sum is due not later than Registration Day at the
beginning of the fall semester. Bills are mailed before the opening of the
current term. Payments should be made by check or draft to the order of
Swarthmore College. A student is not a registered student at Swarthmore College, nor on any class roll, until his bill is paid. Correspondence
about financial matters should be addressed to Miss G. Caroline Shero,
Assistant Controller.
No reduction or refunding of tuition can be made on account of absence
illness, voluntary withdrawal, or dismissal from college. No reduction or
refund will be made for failure to occupy the room assigned for a given
term, nor is the general fee refundable. In case of absence or withdrawal
from the college and provided due notice has been given in advance to the
Business Office, there will be a refund of two-thirds of the board charge for
any time in excess of two weeks. Exceptjpns will be made for students who
are required by the draft to leave during the course of the academic year. In
these cases tuition, general fee, board and room charges will be refunded on a
pro rata basis.
T he T uition P lan
Many of the parents of students may wish to pay all tuition, fees, and
residence charges on a monthly basis. It is possible to arrange this under
* An advance deposit of $25 is required of all new students in order to reserve a place in
college for the coming year. A similar deposit of $15 is required of returning students. These
deposits are credited against the bill for tuition, board, and room.
31
The Tuition Plan. The cost is four percent greater than when payments
are made in cash in advance. Details of its operation will be furnished
by the College with the first semester’s bill in September.
A ccident and Sickness I nsurance
The college makes available both accident and accident and sickness in
surance to students through John C. Paige & Company of Boston, Massachu
setts. Accident coverage alone costs $5.00 per year (12 months) for women,
and $10.00 for men. The combined accident and sickness policy is avail
able at an annual cost of $18.00 for women and $22.00 for men. At least
accident coverage is required of all students who participate in intercollegiate
athletic activities and the combined accident and sickness policy is particu
larly recommended. Application forms are mailed to all students during the
summer.
32
Scholarships and Student Aid
The college awards scholarships to a substantial number of students each
year. These awards are normally made to entering freshman students and
are renewable for four years. About sixty-five such scholarships are awarded
each year, carrying stipends varying from $200 to $1500 annually. Seventeen
freshman scholarships, three of which are designated for students in the
field of engineering, provide stipends up to a maximum figure of $1500.
The average stipend is at present in the neighborhood of $700 annually. All
awards are based upon school or college record, and upon the financial need
of the family as revealed in confidential statements to the Scholarship Com
mittee through the agency of the College Scholarship Service.
Candidates wishing to apply for scholarships should make the usual ap
plication for admission. All applicants for admission are given the oppor
tunity to apply for scholarship aid. The candidate’s status with respect to
need for scholarship is not considered to be a relevant factor in the matter
of reaching decisions concerning admission to the college.
During the current academic year the college has granted approximately
$175,000 in scholarships. About one-third of that sum is provided by
special gifts and the endowed scholarships listed below. The income from
many of these endowments is assigned each year to entering freshmen in
accordance with the will of the donor and in his name.
G rants-in -aid, to a limited number, may be awarded to students with
financial need and average scholastic standing who could not earn all they
need without serious detriment to their academic work.
C ollege Employment affords opportunity to earn money by regular
work at current wage rates in one of the college offices, shops, laboratories
or libraries. A student may hold a college job in addition to a scholarship
or a grant-in-aid. The distribution of jobs among those authorized to hold
them is made by the Student Employment office. Residents of the borough
of Swarthmore often send requests for services to the college, which co
operates in making these opportunities known to students. Last year over
four hundred students secured work through the office. Many students
earn from eight to ten dollars a week and still maintain an excellent scholastic
standing.
Scholarships for M en
The G eorge F. Baker Scholarships. The George F. Baker Scholar
ships, awarded for the first time in 1950, have been given to the college
as part of a national scholarship program. They are the gift of the George
F. Baker Foundation and will be awarded to four freshman men each year.
The actual amount of the scholarships, in part determined by financial need,
will be a maximum of $1,500 for each year of the student’s college career.
Students will be chosen for these awards primarily on the basis of achieve
ment and promise of leadership in business, government and the professions.
O pen Scholarships for M en . Swarthmore College awards annually
five four-year scholarships to men entering the freshman class. These
33
scholarships, based on the general plan of the Rhodes Scholarships, are
given to candidates who, in the opinion of the Committee of Award, rank
highest in scholarship, character and personality. The amount of the annual
award varies from $200 to $1500 according to the financial need of the
winner.
The T homas B. M cCabe A chievement Award, established by Thomas
B. McCabe ’15, provides an annual grant of $1,200 open to entering fresh
man men. Applicants must be residents of Delaware or the Eastern Shore
counties of Maryland or Virginia. Selection will be based on achievements
which give promise of leadership, and emphasis will be placed on ability,
character, personality, and service to school and community.
The Scott Award at Swarthmore. A scholarship established by the
Scott Paper Co. of Chester, Pa., in honor of its former president, Arthur
Hoyt Scott of the Class of 1895. Given for the first time in 1953, it will
be awarded annually for the next five years to an outstanding sophomore who
plans to enter business after graduation and who demonstrates the qualities
of scholarship, character, personality, leadership, and physical vigor. The
award provides the recipient with $1,000 for each of his last two years in
college.
The Scott B. Lilly Scholarship, endowed by Jacob T. Schless of the
Class of 1914 at Swarthmore College, was offered for the first time in 1950.
This scholarship is in honor of a former distinguished Professor of En
gineering and, therefore, students who plan to major in engineering will be
given preference. The stipend will be a maximum of $1,500 a year for
four years; the exact amount of the award will be determined by the
financial needs of the winning applicant.
The P hilip T. Sharples Scholarship, a four-year scholarship open to
entering freshmen, is designed to honor and encourage young men in engi
neering or physical science. The committee, in making its selections, will
have regard for candidates who rank highest in scholarship, character, per
sonality, leadership, and physical vigor. At least one scholarship will be
given each year with a maximum grant of $1,500. The actual amount of the
stipend will be determined by the financial need of the candidate.
The Edward R. A rmstrong M emorial Scholarship is awarded annually
to a young man preparing himself to become an engineer and who is in need
of financial assistance. The Committee in making its selections in consultation
with Professor Samuel T. Carpenter, will have high regard for candidates
who rank highest in scholarship, character, personality, leadership, and physi
cal vigor. The scholarship provides a maximum of $1,500 a year.
The Aaron B. Ivins Scholarship is awarded annually to a young man
of the graduating class of Friends Central School, Overbrook, Philadelphia.
It is awarded under the following conditions. The recipient must have been
34
a student at Friends Central for at least two years, he must have good health,
high grades, and must be the best all-around student in his class desirious
of entering Swarthmore College. This scholarship, awarded by the faculty of
Friends Central School, and subject to the approval of Swarthmore College,
has a maximum value of $650.
The H oward Cooper J ohnson Scholarship, established by Howard
Cooper Johnson ’96 , provides approximately $500 a year. It is awarded on
the basis of all-around achievement to a male undergraduate who is a member
of the Society of Friends.
The T. H. D udley P erkins M emorial Scholarship is awarded annually
to an entering freshman on the basis of qualities of manhood, force of
character and leadership; literary and scholastic ability; physical vigor as
shown by participation in out-of-doors sports or in other ways. It has a
maximum value of $500.
The M iller-Flounders Scholarship of $500 per year is awarded to a
freshman man who resides in and has attended school in Delaware County,
Pennsylvania. To be eligible for the award the student must have clearly
demonstrated leadership in scholastic achievement and in extra-curricular
activities during his high school program. The scholarship is usually awarded
in alternate years and is renewable provided a satisfactory record is main
tained.
The W illiam G. and M ary N. Serrill H onors Scholarship is a
competitive Scholarship for Men, awarded to a candidate for admission to
the college, based upon the general plan of the Rhodes Scholarships. The
annual stipend is $375. Preference will be given to men who are residents
of Abington Township, including Jenkintown and Glenside, Montgomery
County, Pa., but if there is no outstanding candidate from this locality, the
scholarship will be open to competition generally.
The Sarah K aighn Cooper Scholarship, founded by Sallie K. Johnson
in memory of her grandparents, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper, is awarded
to a man in the Junior Class who is judged by the faculty to have had, since
entering College, the best record for scholarship, character, and influence.
The value of this scholarship is approximately $225 annually.
The D onald R enwick F erguson Scholarship, established by Mrs.
Amy Baker Ferguson, in memory of her husband. Donald Renwick Ferguson,
M.D., of the Class of 1912, who died during the Second W orld War, is
awarded to a young man who is looking forward to the study of medicine.
The scholarship will pay a maximum of $600.
The P eter M ertz Scholarship carries a stipend of approximately $500
a year for four years and is awarded to an entering freshman outstanding in
mental and physical vigor, who shows promise of spending these talents for
the good of the college community and of the larger community outside.
35
The award was established in 1955 by Harold, LuEsther and Joyce Mertz in
memory of Peter Mertz who was a member of the class of 1957.
The Frank Solomon M emorial Scholarship may be granted to an
incoming freshman or any man chosen by the Scholarship Committee who
needs financial assistance to continue his education. The scholarship may be
used with the approval of the Committee either for study at Swarthmore
College or elsewhere, or for independent research.
Scholarships
for
W omen
O pen Scholarships for W om en . Mr. and Mrs. Daniel S. White, of
the Class of 1875, on the occasion of the Fiftieth Reunion of that class,
established three open competitive scholarships for women, in the names of
Howard White, Jr., Serena B. White, and Walter W . Green. These scholar
ships are given to candidates who, in the opinion of the Committee of Award,
rank highest in scholarship, character and personality. The amount of the
award varying from $200 to $1,500 is determined in the same way as the
scholarships for men.
The A lumnae Scholarship, established by the Philadelphia and New
York Alumnae Clubs, is awarded on the same basis as the Open Scholarships.
It is awarded for one year and has a maximum value of $500.
The A n n ie Shoemaker Scholarship is granted annually to a young
woman of the graduating class of Friends Central School, Overbrook, Phila
delphia. The recipient must have been a student at Friends Central for at
least two years, she must have good health, high grades, and must be the
best all-around student in her class desirious of entering Swarthmore College.
This scholarship, awarded by the faculty of Friends Central School, and
subject to the approval of Swarthmore College, has a maximum value of $500.
The G eorge K. and Sallie K. J ohnson F und provides $450 a year,
to be used, at the discretion of the President of the College, in granting
fianancial aid to young women during their senior year, it being the donor’s
desire that the President must be satisfied that the applicant is fitted to
become a desirable teacher.
The M ary Coates P reston Scholarship F und . A sum of money has
been left by will of Elizabeth Coates, the annual interest of which will be
about $450. This amount is given as a scholarship to a young woman
student in Swarthmore College, preferably to a relative of the donor.
The H arriet W . Paiste F und is limited by the following words from
the donor’s will: "the interest to be applied annually to the education of
female members of our Society of Friends (holding their Yearly Meeting at
Fifteenth and Race Streets, Philadelphia) whose limited means would ex
clude them from enjoying the advantages of an education at the college.”
The value of this scholarship is approximately $350 annually.
36
The M ary T. Longstreth Scholarship was founded by Rebecca C.
Longstreth in memory of her mother and is to be awarded annually "at
the discretion of the President of the College to assist a young woman
student to pursue her studies in the College.” The value of this scholarship
is approximately $225 annually.
The J essie Stevenson K ovalenko Scholarship F und , the gift of
Michel Kovalenko in memory of his wife, provides an annual income of
$225. This sum is to be awarded to a student, preferably a woman, who
is in her junior or senior year and who is a major in astronomy, or to a
graduate of the college, preferably a woman, for graduate work in astronomy
at Swarthmore or elsewhere.
The income of the K appa A lpha T heta Scholarship Fund , given by
members and friends of the Kappa Alpha Theta Fraternity at Swarthmore,
is awarded annually to a woman student. The award amounts to approx
imately $125 annually. One or more members of the fraternity who are
on the Board of Managers serve on the Committee of Award.
The M ary W ood F und provides approximately $65 a year and may be
awarded to a young woman who is preparing to become a teacher.
Scholarships O pen
to
M en
and
W omen
The M arshall P. Sullivan Scholarship F und , established by Creth
and Sullivan, Inc. in memory of Marshall P. Sullivan of the Class of 1897,
provides $1,000 annually for one or more scholarships. Preference will be
given to graduates of George School, but if no suitable candidate applies
from this school, graduates of other Friends schools or other persons will be
eligible.
The RCA Scholarship, provided by the Radio Corporation of America
is awarded to a young man or woman who is making a creditable academic
record in the field of science or engineering at the under-graduate level.
This scholarship provides $800 a year and the appointment is usually made
for the junior or senior year.
The E. H ibberd Lawrence Scholarship provides approximately $700 a
year for a scholarship to an incoming freshman man or woman who ranks
high in scholarship, character, and personality and who has need for financial
assistance.
The Edward Clarkson W ilson Scholarship. A scholarship with
an annual value of $625 has been established at Swarthmore by friends of
Edward Clarkson Wilson, ’91, formerly Principal of the Baltimore Friends
School. It will be awarded each year to a former student of the Baltimore
Friends School, who has been approved by the faculty of the school, on the
basis of high character and high standing in scholarship. In any year when
there is no outstanding candidate from the students of the Baltimore Friends
School, the scholarship may be awarded to another young man or woman
37
who shall meet the required standards and who is approved by the school
faculty and the college.
The A merican Cyanamid C ompany Scholarship of $600 per year is
awarded to an outstanding junior or senior who is majoring in chemistry.
The Class of 1915 Scholarship F und was established on the occasion
of the Twenty-fifth Reunion of the Class and provides an income of ap
proximately $550. This sum is to be awarded either to freshmen or other
students, with preference given to descendants of the members of the Class
of 1915. The Business Manager, the Deans, and members of the Class
of 1915 designated by Thomas B. McCabe shall constitute the Committee
of Award. This Fund will become a part of the General Endowment of the
College on Alumni Day, 1970.
The C lass of 1930 Scholarship is awarded annually to a young man or
woman who is in need of financial assistance. Preference is given to in
coming freshmen but other students are eligible. The scholarship provides
$500 annually.
The Class of 1931 Scholarship F und was established on the 25th re
union of the class. It provides a scholarship up to a maximum of $1,000
to a man or woman who has need for financial assistance and who ranks
high in scholarship, character and personality. The award is to be made by
the Admissions Committee of the College. Preference is given to entering
freshmen who are children of members of the class of 1931.
The D aniel U nderhill Scholarship, given by Daniel Underhill ’94,
in memory of his grandfather, Daniel Underhill, member of the first Board
of Managers, provides $500 annually for a deserving student in need of
financial aid.
The A merican V iscose Corporation Scholarship of $500 per year is
awarded to an outstanding sophomore or junior who is majoring in engineer
ing, chemistry, or physics.
The W estinghouse A chievement Scholarship of $500 per year is
awarded to a high ranking major in electrical or mechanical engineering for
the senior year.
The Rachel W . H illborn Scholarship was founded by Anne Hillborn Philips of the Class of 1892 in memory of her mother, with the
stipulation that the income shall go to a student in the junior or senior
class who is studying for service in the international field. Preference will
be given to a Friend or to one who intends to contribute to world under
standing through diplomatic service, participation in some intenational
government agency, the American Friends Service Committee, or similar activ
ities. The annual income amounts to approximately $450.
38
The Jonathan K. T aylor Scholarship, in accordance with the donor’s
will, is awarded by the Board of Trustees of the Baltimore Monthly Meet
ing of Friends. This scholarship is first open to descendants of the late
Jonathan K. Taylor. Then, while preference is to be given to members of
the Baltimore Yearly Meeting of Friends, it is not to be confined to them
when suitable persons in membership cannot be found. The value of
this scholarship is approximately $450 annually.
The P hebe A nn a T horne Fund provides an income of approximately
$2,250 for scholarships for students needing pecuniary assistance whose
previous work has demonstrated their earnestness and their ability. This
gift includes a clause of preference to those students who are members of
the New York Monthly Meeting of Friends. These scholarships are awarded
by the college under the regulations fixed by the board.
The W estbury Q uarterly M eeting , N . Y., Scholarship, amounting
to $250, is awarded annually by a committee of that Quarterly Meeting.
The Sarah A ntrim Cole Scholarship was founded by her parents in
memory of Sarah Antrim Cole of the Class of 1934. It is awarded to a
graduate of the Worthington High School, Worthington, Ohio or of the
North High School, Columbus, Ohio. The scholarship provides a maximum
grant of $500 a year.
The Lafore Scholarship is awarded in memory of John A. Lafore of
the Class of 1895. The college in granting this scholarship will give prefer
ence to qualified candidates who show need of financial assistance and who
are descendants of Amand and Margaret White Lafore. The value of the
scholarship is approximately $500 a year.
The James E. M iller Scholarship. Under the will of Arabella M.
Miller, who died Sixth Month 24th, 1922, the sum of $5,986 was awarded
to the Cambridge Trust Company, Trustee under the will of James E.
Miller, to be applied to scholarships in Swarthmore College. An annual
income of approximately $200 is available and may be applied toward the
payment of board and tuition of students of Delaware County (preference
to be given to residents of Nether Providence Township) to be selected
by Swarthmore College and approved by the Trustee.
The C hi O mega Scholarship was established by members and friends
of the Chi Omega Fraternity. The income provides an award of approx
imately $225 annually to a member of the freshman class who is in definite
need of financial aid. Preference is given to daughters or sons of members
of the fraternity, but if in any year such a candidate does not apply, the
committee will select a freshman woman to receive the award. Applications
should be sent to the Office of the Deans before January 1st of the year
in which the award is to be made. A member designated by the Fraternity
serves on the Committee of Award.
39
The D elta G amma Scholarship. The Delta Gamma Fraternity pro
vides a fund of which the annual income is approximately $135.00. This
sum is to be awarded to a blind student at Swarthmore College in need of
financial assistance. In any year in which there is no such candidate the
fund may be awarded to a freshman woman.
The K appa K appa G amma Scholarship was established by the Swarth
more Alumnae chapter of the Kappa Kappa Gamma Fraternity. The income
provides an award of approximately $300 annually to a member of the fresh
man class who is in need of financial aid. Preference is given to children of
members of the Fraternity, but if in any year such a candidate does not apply
the Scholarship Committee will select a freshman to receive the award.
The income from each of the following funds is awarded at the discretion
of the college to students needing pecuniary aid:
The Barclay G. Atkinson Scholarship F und .
The R ebecca M. Atkinson Scholarship F und .
The W illiam D orsey Scholarship F und .
The G eorge Ellsler Scholarship F und .
The J oseph E. G illingham F und .
The T homas L. Leedom Scholarship F und .
The Sarah E. Lippincott Scholarship F und .
The M ark E. R eeves Scholarship F und .
The M ary Sproul Scholarship F und .
The H elen Squier Scholarship F und .
The J oseph T. Sullivan Scholarship F und .
The D eborah F. W harton Scholarship F und .
The T homas W oodnutt Scholarship F und .
The Samuel W illets F und yields an income of approximately $4,300
annually, "to be applied to educate in part or in whole such poor and deserv
ing children as die Committee on Trusts, Endowments and Scholarships
of said college may from time to time judge and determine to be entitled
thereto.”
In addition to the above fund, Samuel Willets gave scholarships in the
name of his children, Frederick W illets, Edward W illets, W alter
W illets, and Caroline W. Frame. These scholarships have the value of
$225 each. They are awarded by the respective parties, their heirs or as
signs, or in the event that the heirs do not exercise their right, by the col
lege authorities.
The I. V., W illiamson Scholarships. Eleven scholarships of the value
of $150 each are offered to graduates of designated Friends schools: two
each to graduates of Friends Central and George School, one in the boys’
and one in the girls’ department: and one each to New York Friends
40
Seminary, Baltimore Friends School, Wilmington Friends School, Moorestown Friends School, Friends Academy at Locust Valley, Sidwell Friends
School and Brooklyn Friends School. Any income not utilized in accord
ance with these conditions is used for free scholarships in accordance with
the will of the donor.
Friends C ollege Scholarship. Swarthmore College, with a group of
other Friends Colleges, has established scholarships to enable students from
the smaller Friends Colleges to spend a year at one of the three cooperating
colleges in the Philadelphia area: Bryn Mawr, Haverford and Swarthmore.
These scholarships will be granted in varying amounts according to need
and ability.
Special Loan F unds
Several loan funds are administered by a committee to which application
should be made through the office of the financial vice-president. Loans are
normally restricted to juniors and seniors. Amounts vary according to need,
though the college follows the principle that one thousand dollars is the
maximum indebtedness that a student should incur. Loans are normally re
payable not later than five years after graduation, and carry interest at the rate
of four per cent after leaving college.
The
The
The
The
The
The
Class of 1913 Loan F und .
Class of 1916 Loan F und .
Jq h n A. M iller Loan F und .
P aul M. P earson Loan F und .
Swarthmore C ollege Student Loan F und .
Ellis D. W illiams F und .
41
Educational Resources
The primary educational resources of any college are the quality of its
faculty and the spirit of the institution. Second to these are the physical
facilities, in particular the libraries, laboratories and equipment.
Laboratories, well equipped for undergraduate instruction and in some
cases for research, exist in physics, chemistry, zoology, botany, psychology,
astronomy, and in civil, mechanical and electrical engineering. The Sproul
Observatory, with its 24-inch visual refracting telescope, is the center of
much fundamental research in multiple star systems. The Edward Martin
Biological Laboratory provides exceptional facilities for work in psychology,
zoology, botany, and pre-medical studies. Recent additions to Beardsley Hall
increase the facilities for laboratory instruction and research in engineering.
The Swarthmore College Library, in part the gift of Andrew Car
negie, contains reading rooms, offices and a collection of 187,000 volumes.
Some 5500 volumes are added annually. About 783 periodicals are re
ceived regularly. The general collection, including all but the scientific and
technical books and journals, is housed in the library building, situated on
the front campus. An addition providing storeroom for 150,000 volumes
was erected in 1935. The library is definitely a collection of books and
journals for undergraduate use. The demands of Honors work, however,
make necessary the provision of large quantities of source material not
usually found in collections maintained for undergraduates. It is a point
of library policy to try to supply, either by purchase or through inter-library
loan, the books needed by students or members of the faculty for their
individual research.
In addition, the library contains certain special collections—the British
Americana collection, the Wells Wordsworth and Thomson collections, and
a collection of the issuances of 486 private presses.
A number of special features enrich the academic background of the col
lege. Among these are the following:
The Biddle M emorial Library is an attractive fire-proof structure of
stone and steel given by Clement M. Biddle, ’96, in memory of his father,
Clement M. Biddle, who served for over twenty years as a member of the
Board of Managers or as an officer of the Corporation of the College. This
Library contains two important Collections: the Friends Historical Library
and the Swarthmore College Peace Collection.
The Friends H istorical Library, founded in 1870 by Anson Lapham,
is one of the outstanding collections in the United States of manuscripts,
42
books, pamphlets, and pictures relating to the history of the Society of
Friends. The library is a depository for records of Friends Meetings belong
ing to Philadelphia Yearly Meeting. More than 1,000 record books have
been deposited; many of them have been reproduced on microfilm, for
which a reading machine is available. The William Wade Hinshaw Index
to Quaker Meeting Records indexes the material of genealogical interest in
the records of 307 meetings in various parts of the United States. Notable
among the other holdings are the Charles F. Jenkins Whittier Collection
(first editions and manuscripts of John Greenleaf W hittier), the Mott Manu
scripts (over 400 autograph letters of Lucretia Mott, antislavery and women’s
rights leader), and the Hicks Manuscripts (more than 300 letters of Elias
Hicks, a famous Quaker minister). The Library’s collection of books and
pamphlets by and about Friends numbers approximately 20,000 volumes.
About 125 Quaker periodicals are currently received. There is also an ex
tensive collection of photographs of meeting houses and pictures of repre
sentative Friends. It is hoped that Friends and others will consider the ad
vantages of giving to this Library any books and family papers which may
throw light on th e history of the Society of Friends.
The Swarthmore College P eace Collection , a section of the Friends
Historical Library, is of special interest to research students and others
seeking the records of the Peace Movement. Beginning with Jane Addams’
personal papers and books relating to peace, the collection contains a rich
variety of the documents of early peace groups as far back as the first peace
committees in England and the United States about 1815, as well as rare
peace posters from many lands, and correspondence and writings of peace
and arbitration leaders. Individual writings on peace date back to about
1642. The collection includes some 750 titles of magazines and bulletins
devoted to peace, published in the United States and abroad during the
past 140 years. There are about 160 titles of bulletins and magazines cur
rently received in eleven languages from 25 countries. This collection is the
official depository for the leading peace organizations in the United States.
A more complete description of the collection will be found in the Guide to
the Swarthmore College Peace Collection, A memorial to ]ane Addams,
published by the College and available for loan on request.
The W illiam J. Cooper Foundation provides a varied program of
lectures and concerts which enriches the academic work of the college. The
Foundation was established by William J. Cooper, a devoted friend of the
college, whose wife, Emma Mcllvain Cooper, served as a member of the
Board of Managers from 1882 to 1923. Mr. Cooper bequeathed to the
college the sum of $100,000 and provided that the income should be used
“in bringing to the college from time to time eminent citizens of this and
other countries who are leaders in statesmanship, education, the arts, sciences,
learned professions and business, in order that the faculty, students and the
43
college community may be broadened by a closer acquaintance with matters
of world interest.” Admission to all programs is without charge.
The Cooper Foundation Committee works with the departments and with
student organizations in arranging single lectures and concerts, and also
in bringing to the college speakers of note who remain in residence for a
long enough period to enter into the life of the community. Some of these
speakers have been invited with the understanding that their lectures should
be published under the auspicies of the Foundation. This arrangement has
so far produced nine volumes:
Lindsay, Alexander Dunlop. The Essentials of Democracy. Philadelphia,
University of Pennsylvania Press, 1929.
Lowes, John Livingston. Geoffrey Chaucer and the Development of His
Genius. New York, Houghton Mifflin Co., 1934.
Weyl, Hermann. Mind and Nature. Philadelphia, University of Penn
sylvania Press, 1934.
Americas Recovery Program, by A. A. Berle, Jr., John Dickinson, A.
Heath Onthank . . . and others . . . London, New York, etc., Oxford Uni
versity Press, 1934.
Madariaga, Salvador de. Theory and Practice in International Relations.
Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press, 1937.
Streit, Clarence Kirshman. Union N ow ; a Proposal for a Federal Union
of the Democracies of the North Atlantic. New York, Harper, 1939.
Krogh, August. The Comparative Physiology of Respiratory Mechanisms.
Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press, 1941.
Wilcox, Clair, Editor. Civil Liberties under Attack. A series of lectures
given in 1950-51. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press, 1951.
Redfield, Robert. Peasant Society and Culture; A n Anthropological A p
proach to Civilization. Chicago, The University of Chicago Press, 1956.
The Arthur H oyt Scott H orticultural Foundation . About three
hundred acres are contained in the College property, including a large
tract of woodland and the valley of Crum Creek. Much of this tract
has been developed as an horticultural and botanical collection of trees,
shrubs and herbaceous plants through the provisions of the Arthur Hoyt Scott
Horticultural Foundation, established in 1929 by Mrs. Arthur Hoyt Scott
and Owen and Margaret Moon as a memorial to Arthur Hoyt Scott of the
Class of 1895. The plant collections are designed both to afford examples
of the better kinds of trees, shrubs and herbaceous plants which are hardy
in the climate of Eastern Pennsylvania and suitable for planting by the
average gardener, and to beautify the campus. There are exceptionally fine
displays of Japanese cherries, flowering crab apples and tree peonies, and a
great variety of lilacs, rhododendrons, azaleas, daffodils, irises, herbaceous
44
peonies, hemerocallis and chrysanthemums. Many donors have contributed
generously to the collections. (For full information see Bulletin of Swarthmore College, Vol. xxxvii, No. 5.)
The Bronson M. C utting M emorial Collection of R ecorded
M usic was established at Swarthmore College in 1936 by a gift of approx
imately four thousand phonograph records, a radio-phonograph, books and
musical scores, from the family of Bronson Murray Cutting, late Senator
from New Mexico. Its object is to make the best recorded music available
to the undergraduates, facility, and friends of Swarthmore College, in co
operation with the work of the college Department of Music. The collec
tion is kept up to date with current additions.
The Ben ja m in W est Lecture, made possible by gifts from members of
the class of 1905 and other friends of the College, is given annually on some
phase of art. It is the outgrowth of the Benjamin West Society which built
up a collection of paintings, drawings, and prints, which are exhibited, as
space permits, in the college buildings. The lecture owes its name to the
American artist, who was born in a house which still stands on the campus
and who became president of the Royal Academy.
The P otter Speech C ollection , established in 1950 with accumulated
income of the William Potter Public Speaking Fund, includes a wide variety
of recorded poetry, oratory, and drama. It is designed to make available to
the Swarthmore College community and friends the best examples obtain
able in recordings of literature intended for the ear as well as the eye.
Among the three hundred items are included full-length versions of Shakes
pearean plays, contemporary poets reading their own work, and traditional
poetry read by professional speakers. The Department of English Literature
administers the collection and selects current additions.
45
C ollege Life
H ousing
Swarthmore is primarily a residential college, conducted on the assumption
that an important element in education comes from close association of
students and instructors. Most students live in dormitories. Many mem
bers of the faculty live on or near the campus.
Residence Halls
There are four dormitories for men: Wharton Hall, named in honor
of its donor, Joseph Wharton, at one time President of the Board of Man
agers, and three buildings on the former Mary Lyon School property.
The women’s dormitories include the upper floors in the wings of ParrishHall; W orth Hall, the gift of William P. Worth, 1876, and J. Sharpless
Worth, ex-1873, as a memorial to their parents; Robinson House; Palmer,
Pittenger and Roberts Hall on South Chester Road; and Woolman House.
All freshmen are assigned to rooms by the Deans. Other students choose
their rooms in an order* determined by lot. Special permission must be ob
tained to room outside the dormitories.
Students may occupy college rooms during vacations only by special ar
rangements with the Deans and payment of the required fee. Freshmen are
asked to leave college immediately after their last examinations in the spring
so that their rooms may be used by Commencement visitors.
Dining Rooms
All students, both men and women, have their meals in two adjoining
College Dining Rooms in Parrish Hall. The dining rooms are closed during
all vacations.
R eligious Life
The religious life of the college is founded on the Quaker principle
that the seat of spiritual authority lies in the Inner Light of each individual.
The Society of Friends is committed to the belief that religion is best ex
pressed in the quality of everyday living. There are accordingly no com
pulsory religious exercises, save in so far as the brief devotional element in
Collection may be so considered. Students are encouraged to attend the
churches of their choice. Episcopal, Presbyterian, Methodist, and Christian
Science churches are located in the borough of Swarthmore; Catholic and
other churches in the nearby towns of Morton, Media, and Chester. The
Swarthmore Meeting House is located on the campus. Students are cor
dially invited to attend its meeting for worship on Sunday. Extra-curricular
46
groups with faculty cooperation exist for the study of the Bible and the
exploration of common concerns in religion.
An assembly of the college, called Collection, is held at 10:00 a. m. every
Thursday in Clothier Memorial; attendance of students is required. There
is regularly a period of silence according to the Friendly tradition and, when
these are in keeping with the remainder of the program, the singing of
hymns and a reading from the Bible. Lasting from one-half to threequarters of an hour, Collection normally includes an address; but this is
varied by the occasional introduction of musical, dramatic, and other pro
grams.
Student W elfare
Health
The college physician holds daily office hours at the college, where stu
dents may consult him without charge. A student must report any illness
to the college physician, but is free to go for treatment to another doctor if
he prefers to do so.
At the time of admission each student must present a brief medical his
tory and health certificate, prepared by the family physician on a form
supplied by the college. Pertinent information about such matters as
physical reserve, unusual medical episodes, severe allergies, or psychiatric
disturbances will be especially valuable to the college Health Service. All
new students must have been successfully vaccinated against smallpox within
five years, in accordance with Pennsylvania State law.
The college physician gives physical examinations to all students at the
beginning of each year. There is close cooperation with the Departments of
Physical Education. Recommendations for limited activity are made for
those students with physical handicaps. In some cases a student may be
excused entirely from the requirements of the Physical Education Depart
ments.
The college health program includes an annual chest x-ray which is com
pulsory for all students. Should the student fail to meet his x-ray appoint
ment, he is required to have one taken at his own expense.
There are two infirmaries, one for men and one for women. The in
firmary for men is in Section F of "Wharton H all; the women s infirmary
is at the east end of Parrish Hall. A registered nurse is in charge of each,
under the direction of the college physician.
Each student is allowed ten days care in the infirmaries per term without
charge unless the services of a special nurse are required. After ten days,
a charge of $3.00 per day is made. Students suffering from a communicable
disease or from illness which makes it necessary for them to remain in bed,
must stay in the infirmary for the period of their illness. A charge is made
for special expensive medicines and certain immunization procedures, but
ordinary medicines are furnished without cost.
47
The medical and infirmary facilities of the college are available to students
injured in athletic activities or otherwise, but the college cannot assume ad
ditional financial responsibility for medical and surgical expenses arising
from accidents. Accident insurance coverage is, therefore, required for all
students participating in athletics and is recommended for all others. (For
details see p. 32.)
The college psychiatric consultants hold office hours by appointment each
week. A student may have from one to three interviews. The purpose of
this service is to be of help in all types of emotional problems.
Vocational Advising
The college provides vocational information and advice to assist students
in their choice of a career. Conferences and field trips are planned periodi
cally and interviews are arranged with prospective employers. Help is offered
to students in finding employment. In addition, summer work is planned
to give students job experience in various fields.
Alumni Office
The Alumni Office keeps records of the addresses of all living graduates
and alumni of the college. It helps edit the Swarthmore alumni magazine,
and acts as liaison for the college with all alumni and alumni groups, inter
preting to them the present plans and policies of the college.
News Office
The News Office does a two-fold job. It helps prepare the several pub
lications put out by the college known as Swarthmore College Bulletins.
These include the alumni magazine, the President’s Report, the Catalogue,
the Student Handbook, the Viewbook, and other miscellaneous issues. In
addition to this, the News Office, through the largely student operated
News Bureau, works with the press and other communications media in pub
licizing news that is of interest to the general public.
Student Advising
The Deans and their assistants hold the primary responsibility for advising
all students. However, there are many other advisers available to each
student.
Each freshman is assigned to a faculty member who acts as his course
adviser until this responsibility falls to the chairman of the student's major
department at the end of his sophomore year. Faculty members have also
been appointed as advisers for each of the men’s varsity athletic teams.
They work closely with the team, attending practice as well as all home
and away games.
48
A group of upperclass women, under the direction of the Women’s Stu
dent Government Association, serve as counselors for all freshman women,
several counselors being assigned to each freshman hall. There are also
student proctors in each of the men’s dormitory sections. A group of
students cooperate with proctors and counselors in helping the Deans with
the placement program conducted during the freshman week.
Special problems may be referred by the Deans to the college physician
or to the consulting psychiatrists.
T he Student Community
Student Conduct
In general the association of men and women in academic work and social
life is to be governed by good taste and accepted practice rather than by
elaborate rules. The Society of Friends has historically been conservative in
social matters, and its influence within the college community is one of the
important factors in making Swarthmore what it is. Certain rules, however,
are of sufficient importance to deserve attention here:
1. The possession and use of liquor on the campus is forbidden, as is
drunken conduct.
2. No undergraduate may maintain an automobile while enrolled at the
College without special permission. The administration of this rule is in the
hands of a Student-Faculty committee, which authorizes cars for the use of
student organizations, and in some cases for special needs such as jobs de
pendent upon cars. Day students may use cars for commuting to College,
but special arrangements for stickers must be made for campus parking.
More detailed information may be had from the Office of the Deans.
3. It is college policy to discourage premature marriages by ruling that if
two undergraduates marry, only one may remain in college. Some exceptions
have been provided in the case of veterans and upperclass students and
information about them may be obtained from the Office of the Deans.
College rules which affect the entire college community are discussed and
formulated by the Student Affairs Committee, which is composed of mem
bers of the college administration, faculty, and student body. This com
mittee delegates to student government agencies as much authority in the
administration of rules as they responsibly accept.
Student Council
The semi-annually elected Student Council represents the entire under
graduate community and is the chief body of student government. Its
efforts are directed toward the coordination of student activities and the
expression of student opinion in matters of college policy,
49
Committees of the Council include the Budget Committee, which regulates
distribution of funds to student groups; the Community Service Committee,
which administers welfare projects; the Elections Committee, which super
vises procedure in campus elections; and the Social Committee, see below.
The Curriculum Committee cooperates with a similar committee of the
faculty in the discussion of matters relating to the academic program of the
college. In addition to these, there are several joint Faculty-Student Com
mittees, whose student membership is appointed by the Council: Collection,
Cooper Foundation, Motion Pictures, Men’s Athletics and Student Affairs.
Men’s Student Government
The men students of the college are represented by the Men’s Executive
Committee, a group elected to take responsibility for specified problems
which have to do primarily with dormitory life. The Men’s Judiciary
Committee, selected by the Men’s Executive Committee, has jurisdiction over
cases where male undergraduates have violated college rules in the dormi
tories or on the campus, with the exception of the fraternity lodges. The
fraternities have established a Fraternity Judiciary Committee to enforce col
lege rules as they pertain to fraternities and fraternity lodges.
Women’s Student Government
All women students are members of the Women’s Student Government
Association, headed by an Executive Board elected to promote a great variety
of women’s interests. This board includes the officers of the Association,
the hall presidents and the chairmen of certain important committees: Judi
ciary, which maintains social regulations; Vocational, which assists the
women’s Vocational Director; Somerville, which arranges the program for
Somerville Day, on which alumnae are invited to return to the College, and
fosters student-alumnae relations.
Social Committee
An extensive program of social activities is managed by the Social Com
mittee appointed by the Student Council. The program is designed to appeal
to a wide variety of interests, and is open to all students. At no time is
there any charge for college social functions.
Extra-Curricular Activities
In addition to the foregoing organizations, Swarthmore students have an
opportunity to participate in a program of extra-curricular activities wide
enough to meet every kind of interest. No credit is given for work in such
varied fields as sculpture, play-writing, publishing the college newspaper or
playing the cello in the orchestra. However, the college encourages a stu
dent to participate in whatever activity best fits his personal talents and
inclinations, believing that satisfactory avocations are a necessary part of life
for the well-rounded individual.
50
Extra-curricular musical activities at Swarthmore are numerous and wellsupported. The college chorus is led by Professor Swing, and the college
orchestra by Professor Reese. There are chamber music groups, madrigal
groups, and public performances of the musical works of students in com
position. There is an excellent college record collection, there are facilities
for private practice, and there are student tickets for the Philadelphia
Orchestra. The Cooper Foundation presents a distinguished group of con
certs each year.
There are faculty advisers or special instructors for the Little Theatre
Club, Print Club, the Camera Club, the Sculpture Group, the drawing and
painting groups, the creative writers, and the modern dancers. Many other
student groups for the discussion of public affairs, the integration of the
sciences, the presentation of student radio programs, and the editing of col
lege publications, conduct their own affairs with occasional advice from the
faculty.
A handbook describing more fully all these activities and many others,
written by the students themselves, can be had upon request from the Office
of the Deans.
51
General Statement
Swarthmore College offers the degree of Bachelor of Arts and the degree
of Bachelor of Science. The latter is given only in the Division of Engineer
ing; the former, in the Divisions of the Humanities, the Social Sciences,
and Mathematics and the Natural Sciences.* Eight semesters of resident
study, which are normally completed in four years, lead to a Bachelor’s
degree.
The selection of a program will depend upon the student’s interests
and vocational plans. Programs in engineering, pre-medical courses, and
chemistry, for example, are the usual preparation for professional work in
these fields. Students planning a career in law, business, or government serv
ice find majors in the humanities or social sciences of great value.
The purpose of a liberal education, however, is not primarily to provide
vocational instruction, even though it provides the best foundation for one’s
future vocation. Its purpose is to help students fulfill their responsibilities
as citizens and grow into cultivated and well rounded individuals. A liberal
education is concerned with our cultural inheritance, the world of thought,
and the development of aesthetic, moral, and spiritual values.
It is necessary for most students to concern themselves with the problem
of making a living. But this concern should not lead them to a specializa
tion that is too early and too narrow. They still have need of broadening
the scope of their experience. Particular skills may afford readier access to
routine employment, but positions of greater responsibility will be occupied
by those who are equipped to think their way through new problems and
to conceive of their functions in a larger context of time and place. Liberal
education and vocational training may be the joint products of a common
process, and the courses here offered should be selected with this large
purpose.
For this reason, all students, during the first half of their college program,
are expected to complete the general college requirements, to choose their
major and minor subjects, and to prepare for advanced work in these sub
jects by taking certain prerequisities. Five full courses or their equivalent
in half courses constitute the normal program for each of the first two
years. Each course represents from eight to twelve hours of work a week
including class meetings, laboratory periods and individual preparation.
The program for upper class students affords a choice between two meth
ods of study: Honors Work, leading to a degree with Honors, and General
Courses. An Honors student concentrates on three related subjects which he
studies by the seminar method. At the end of his senior year he must take a
* For groupings of departments, see page 18.
54
battery of eight examinations on the work of his seminars, set by outside
examiners. (The system will be explained more fully below.)
A student in general courses has a somewhat wider freedom of election
and takes four full courses or their equivalent in each of the last two years.
At the end of his senior year he is required to pass a comprehensive examina
tion given by his major department.
The program for engineering students follows a similar basic plan, with
certain variations which are explained on page 88. Courses outside the
technical fields are spread over all four years.
In addition to scholastic requirements for graduation, all students must
meet certain standards of participation in Physical Education as set forth
in the statement of those departments (see pp. 133-134) and must attend
the Collection exercises of the college (see p. 47).
The course advisers of freshmen and sophomores are members of the
faculty appointed by the Deans. For juniors and seniors the advisers are
the chairmen of their major departments or their representatives.
Program for Freshmen and Sophomores
The curriculum for the first two years is designed primarily to contribute
to a student’s general education by giving him an introduction to the methods
of thinking and the content of knowledge in a variety of fields important to
a liberal education.
1. The traditional humanistic studies—those studies through which man
learns to understand himself and his relationship to his fellows as indi
viduals, and the enduring values in human experience.
2. The social sciences—those studies through which man learns to under
stand the nature of organized society, past and present, and his relationship
to it.
3. The natural sciences—those studies through which man learns to
understand his physical environment, both organic and inorganic, outside of
his own individual and social being.
Each student shall meet the following general requirements, ordinarily
during the first two years:
1. A year-course to be chosen from Astronomy 1-2, Biology 1-2, Chemistry
1-2, Physics 1-2, Mathematics 1-2, and Mathematics 3-4.
2. Two year-courses to be chosen from Economics 1-2, History 1-2, and
Political Science 1-2. For students in the Divisions of Engineering and
of Mathematics and the Natural Sciences the requirement shall consist
of one year-course.
55
3. For students in the Humanities and Social Science divisions, four halfcourses in four different departments, to be chosen as follows:
One half-course in literature (English or foreign),
One half-course in Fine Arts, Music, or Religion,
Two half-courses in History, Philosophy, or Psychology.
For students in the Engineering and Natural Science divisions, four half
courses in at least two departments:
Two half-courses to be chosen from literature (English or foreign),
Fine Arts, Music, or Religion.
Two half-courses to be chosen from History, Philosophy, or Psychology.
History can be used as an option here only by students in any division
who have not chosen History 1-2 to satisfy requirement 2 above.
Pre-medical students with a major in the Humanities or the Social Sciences
may substitute a second half-course in literature for the second requirement
above in order to satisfy medical school requirements.
4. All students except those majoring in engineering must include in their
program sufficient work in a modern or classical language to complete
course 4 or its equivalent. This may be met in whole or in part by sec
ondary school preparation as measured by the appropriate achievement
test of the College Entrance Examination Board.
Students entering college with special preparation in any one of these
subjects may apply for exemption. N o student may take more than four half
courses in any one department during the first two years except in special
circumstances. Applications for exceptions must be made to the Com
mittee on Academic Requirements.
In addition to the requirements listed above, prerequisites must be com
pleted for the work of die last two years in major and minor subjects, and
sufficient additional electives must be taken to make up ten full courses.
It is expected that, after completion of the minimum courses in the gen
eral program of the first two years, the student will devote the remainder
of his sophomore year to preparing himself for more advanced study of
those subjects which have most interested him and to other courses which
will increase the range of his knowledge. He should decide, as early in
his sophomore year as possible, upon two or three subjects in which he might
like to major and should consult the statements of the departments concerned
as to required and recommended courses and supporting subjects. In most
cases he is advised to take not more than one semester of work in any sub
ject beyond the first course.
The requirement in foreign language (either classical or modern) is
such that an exceptionally well prepared freshman may demonstrate his
completion of it before entering college by his rating in an Achievement
56
Test given by the College Entrance Examination Board. The results of the
tests indicate, however, that most students need to devote from one to four
terms to further language study. The desired standard is normally met on
the basis of four years’ work in high school, or of three or two years’ work
in high school followed by one or two terms in college. If a student
fulfills the requirement with a language which he begins in college, he will
need to study it for four terms. If he fulfills it with a language begun
elsewhere, his progress toward the degree of competence demanded is
measured by a placement test. This may be one of the achievement tests
of the College Entrance Examination Board which he has taken as a re
quirement for admission. Additional placement tests are given when neces
sary by the Swarthmore departments of language.
Physical education is required of all students (except veterans) in the first
two years. The requirements are stated in full on p. 63 and in the state
ments of the departments of Physical Education.
Program for Juniors aad Seniors
W ork
in
Course
The work of juniors and seniors in Course includes some intensive,
specialized study within a general area of interest. This comprises enough
work in a single department (designated as a "major” ) to make an equiva
lent of four full courses. W ork taken during the first two years may be
counted toward fulfillment of the major requirements but not more than
six full courses or twelve half courses may be taken in the major field.
Before graduation the student must pass a comprehensive examination in his
major subject.
A student must choose his major subject at the end of the sophomore
year, and apply formally through the Registrar to be accepted by the division
concerned. The decision will be, based on an estimate of his ability in his
major subject as well as on his record. If a student does not secure di
visional approval, he cannot be admitted to the junior class.
A student’s course adviser during his junior and senior years is the
chairman of his major department (or a member of the department desig
nated by the chairman) whose approval he must secure for his choice of
courses each semester.
In addition to major and recommended supporting subjects, juniors and
seniors usually have room for at least one elective a year.
The completion of eighteen full courses, or equivalent, with a minimum
average of C, normally constitutes the course requirement for a degree. Under
certain circumstances this may be reduced to seventeen. A student may carry
extra work after the freshman year with the approval of his course adviser
and of the Committee on Academic Requirements, provided that his record
in the previous year has been satisfactory.
57
The faculty may award the bachelor’s degree with Distinction to students
who have done distinguished work in the course program.
R e a d in g f o r H o n o r s
The Honors Program, initiated in 1922 by President Frank Aydelotte, is a
distinctive part of Swarthmore’s educational life. It seeks to free from the
limitations of classroom routine those students whose maturity, interest, and
capacity suit them for independent work. While the program is designedly
flexible and responsive to new needs, it has been characterized from the be
ginning by three basic elements, which taken together may be said to be the
essence of the system.
(1) Honors work involves a concentration of the student’s attention dur
ing his last two years upon a limited and integrated field of studies. He pur
sues only two subjects during a semester, thereby avoiding the fragmentation
of interest that may result from a program of four or more courses with their
daily assignments and frequent examinations. The content of the subject
matter field is correspondinghfbroader, permitting a wide range of reading
and investigation and demanding of the student correlations of an independ
ent and searching nature.
(2) Honors work frees the student from periodic examinations, since his
thinking is under continual scrutiny by his classmates and instructors. By
this program he undertakes to subject himself at the end of two years of
Honors work to examinations in all of the eight fields studied. In these
he is expected to demonstrate his competence in a field of knowledge rather
than simply his mastery of those facts and interpretations which his instructor
has seen fit to present. These examinations, consisting of a three-hour paper
in each field, are set by examiners from other institutions who read the
papers and then come to the campus to conduct an oral examination of each
student, in order to clarify and enlarge the basis of their judgment of his
command of his material.
(3) Honors work is customarily carried on in seminars of seven students
or less or in independent projects leading to a thesis. Seminars meet once a
week, in many cases in the home of the instructor, for sessions lasting three
hours or more. The exact technique of the seminar varies with the subject
matter, but its essence is a cooperative search for truth, whether it be by
papers, discussion, or laboratory experiment. Each student has an equal
responsibility for the assimilation of the whole of the material and is cor
respondingly searching in his scrutiny of ideas presented by his fellows or
by his instructor. The student is expected to devote half of his working
time during a semester to each of his fields of study.
In practice three avenues toward an Honors degree are open:
(1)
The standard program consists of eight subjects studied during the
last four semesters leading to examinations by the visiting examiners. In the
58
Divisions of the Natural Sciences and of Engineering, where there is a
heavy burden of prerequisite courses, the student may offer as few as six
fields for examination, subject to the approval of the division. The Divisions
of the Humanities and of the Social Sciences allow seven examinations in
stead of eight only in cases of clear hardship (as in the case of some transfer
students); they do not allow such remission in order to permit the student
to pursue work of elementary or intermediate level in Course or to accommo
date some unrelated subject in his program.
(2) Students who have a special reason to study for one or two semesters
abroad or in another American institution must take the normal number of
examinations prescribed by their divisions. Such programs must be worked
out in advance, since it may not be possible to provide visiting examiners
for work offered elsewhere and since instruction in some fields of the stu
dent’s choice may not be available in the other institution. In general the
student following this avenue to an Honors degree must weigh carefully
the advantage of working independently or under tutorial guidance against
the loss he incurs by missing both the stimulus and the criticism provided
by his fellows in seminar.
(3) Students who at the end of the sophomore year did not elect or were
not permitted to read for Honors, but whose work has subsequently shown
distinction may be encouraged to take the regular Honors examinations so
that they may receive the degree of Honors recommended by the visiting
examiners. They shall receive no remission of the number of examinations
by reason of their preparation in Course but shall be subject to the regulations
governing Honors programs of the division concerned. Such students must
before the end of the seventh semester petition the division for permission
to take the Honors examinations and must submit an acceptable list of ex
aminations which they are prepared to take.
The normal pattern in Honors programs is four seminars (or examina
tions) in the major department and two in each of two minor departments.
No student is allowed more than four seminars in his major; in those cases
where he offers three seminars in each of two fields, one must be desig
nated as his major. While there is a general belief that two seminars in a
minor field are desirable because of the mutual reinforcement they provide,
there are by custom certain seminars which are allowed to stand alone. Thus
there is a considerable flexibility in Honors programs, each being subject to
the scrutiny of the departments and divisions in which the work is done.
A candidate for admission to Honors should consult the chairmen of his
prospective major and minor departments during the second semester of his
sophomore year and work out a program for the junior and senior years.
This proposed program must be filed in the office of the Registrar who will
forward it to the divisions concerned. The acceptance of the candidate by
the divisions depends in part upon the quality of his previous work as in59
dicated by the grades he has received but mainly upon his apparent capacity
for assuming the responsibility of Honors work. The names of the accepted
candidates are announced later in the spring. The major department is re
sponsible for the original plan of work and for keeping in touch with the
candidate’s progress from semester to semester. The division is responsible
for approval of the original program and of any later changes in that pro
gram.
At the end of the junior year Honors students are required to take the
Honors examinations set at that time for the fields they have studied. These
trial papers, however, are read by their instructors, not by the visiting ex
aminers. On the basis of the showing made in these examinations, the
student may be advised or even required to return to Course, or he may be
warned that he continues in Honors at his own risk. Those students who
return to Course under these circumstances or for other reasons will receive
grades for the work they have done while reading for Honors, but in no
case without taking examinations over the fields covered.
At the end of the senior year the reading of the examinations and the
decision of the degree of Honors to be awarded the candidates is entirely
in the hands of the visiting examiners. Upon their recommendation, success
ful candidates are awarded the Bachelor’s Degree with Honors, with High
Honors, or with Highest Honors. When the work of a candidate does not
in the opinion of the examiners merit Honors of any grade, his papers are
returned to his instructors, who decide, under rules of the Faculty, whether
he shall be given a degree in Course.
P r e - M e d ic a l P r o g r a m
Problems unique to the pre-medical student are referred to the Com
mittee on the Pre-Medical Program. Information and advice on general
requirements and on the special requirements of specific medical schools may
be obtained by either the student or his adviser from this committee. In
addition, it is a function of the committee to prepare a statement of evalua
tion and its recommendation to each medical school to which the student
may apply, basing this statement on all information available to it, including
the student’s record and faculty evaluations.
In conference with the student, the course adviser maps out a program
based on requirements listed below, the college’s general requirements, and
the particular needs and interests of the student. Beyond these considera
tions the need for understanding basic social problems, the cultivation of
sensitiveness to cultural values, and the value of intensive work in at least
one field is kept in mind in mapping an individual program.
The following courses are among the minimum requirements of most
medical schools: Biology 1-2, Chemistry 1-2, Chemistry 25 or 28-29 (some
60
medical schools require a year course in organic chemistry), Mathematics
1-2 or 3-4, Physics 1-2, English (two semester courses). The foreign lan
guage requirements of medical schools are automatically met when the stu
dent has satisfied the college language requirement, which includes language
course 4 or its equivalent. In addition, some medical schools require quanti
tative analysis (Chemistry 26) or comparative anatomy (Zoology 11). Ad
vanced work in biology, chemistry and mathematics is recommended where
the student’s program and interests permit. The student is urged to famil
iarize himself with the specific requirements of those medical schools in
which he is interested in planning his program.
The work of the junior and senior year may be done either in die honors
program or in course. Intensive work of the major may be carried out in
any department of the student’s choice, or major requirements may be met
by completing three full courses in each of two related departments in the
Division of Mathematics and the Natural Sciences. In the latter case the
comprehensive examination will be jointly arranged by the departments
concerned.
Although some students have been admitted to medical schools upon the
completion of three years of college work, most medical schools strongly
advise completion of four years of college, and in practice admit very few
with less.
F o r e ig n St u d y
Students who wish to study abroad should consult with the dean and the
rV.airman of their major department and plan a specific program which must
be approved by the departments concerned. A copy of this program should
be filed in the Registrar's office. Examinations must ordinarily be taken
upon return to Swarthmore if credit is desired, but these examinations may
be waived if satisfactory evidence is presented that examinations were suc
cessfully passed abroad.
W a s h in g t o n Se m e s t e r P r o g r a m
Swarthmore College participates in the Washington Semester program,
organized under the auspices of the American University. Under this pro
gram, students may spend one of their regular college semesters, during
either their Junior year or the first half of their Senior year, in Washington,
D. G , taking courses at American University and doing a field project re
lating” to some aspect of the Federal Government or its work. Students
majoring in any subject are eligible.
The number of places available to Swarthmore College students is limited.
Selections are made by a committee and applications should be in the hands
of its rhoirman by April 1 for the fall semester and by November 1 for
the spring semester.
Si
Faculty Regulations
A t t e n d a n c e a t C l a sse s a n d C o l l e c t io n
Members of the faculty will hold students responsible for regular at
tendance at classes and will report to the Deans the name of any student
whose repeated absence is in their opinion impairing the student’s work.
The number of cuts allowed in a given course is not specified, a fact which
places a heavy responsibility on all students to make sure that their work
is not suffering as a result of absences. Since freshmen must exercise par
ticular care in this respect and since the faculty recognizes its greater re
sponsibility toward freshmen in the matter of class attendance, it is expected
that freshmen, especially, will attend all their classes.
When illness necessitates absence from classes the student should report
at once to the nurses or to the college physician.
The last meeting before vacation and the first meeting after vacation in
each course must be attended. The minimum penalty for violation of this
rule is probation.
Absences from Collection are acted upon by the Deans as instructed by
the faculty. All students are allowed four absences from Collection each
term.
G rades
Instructors report to the Deans’ office at intervals during the year upon
the work of students in courses. Informal reports during the semester
take the form of comments on unsatisfactory work. At the end of each
semester formal grades are given in each course under the letter system,
by which A means excellent work, B good work, C fair work, D poor work,
and E failure. W signifies that the student has been permitted to withdraw
from the course by the Committee on Academic Requirements. X desig
nates a condition; this means that a student has done unsatisfactory work in
the first half of a year course, but by creditable work during the second half
may earn a passing grade for the full course and thereby remove his con
dition.
Inc. means that a student’s work is incomplete with respect to specific
assignments or examinations. The Faculty has voted that the grade given
in a course should incorporate a zero for any part of the course not com
plete by the date of the final examination. The grade Incomplete should
be given only after consultation with the Registrar and only in cases in which
it can be shown that illness, military service, or the like made it impossible
for the student to complete his work before the deadline, or in cases in
62
which the instructor wishes to insist on the completion of the work before
giving a grade with penalties. If an Inc. is received, it must normally be
made up in the term immediately following that in which it was incurred. A
date is set at the end of the first six weeks of each term when make-up
examinations must be taken and late papers submitted. Under special cir
cumstances involving the use of laboratories or attendance at courses not im
mediately available, a student must secure permission to extend the time for
making up an incomplete until the second term following. This permission
must be given in writing and filed in the Office of the Registrar. Any not
made up within a year from the time it was imposed shall be recorded as
E, a failure which cannot be made up.
Reports are sent to parents and to students at the end of each semester.
For graduation in general courses, a C average is required; for graduation
in honors work, the recommendation of the visiting examiners.
E x tra o r F ew er C o u rses
A regular student is expected to take the prescribed number of courses
in each semester. If more or fewer courses seem desirable, he should con
sult his course adviser and file a petition with the Committee on Academic
Requirements. A student who wishes to take fewer than the normal number
of courses should register for the regular program and file a petition to drop
one or more courses.
Applications involving late entrance into a course must be received within
the first two weeks of the semester. Applications involving withdrawal
from a course must be received not later than the middle of the semester.
E x a m in a t io n s
Any student who is absent from an examination, announcement of which
was made in advance, shall be given an examination at another hour only
by special arrangement with the instructor in charge of the course.
No examination in absentia shall be permitted. This rule shall be in
terpreted to mean that instructors shall give examinations only at the college
and under direct departmental supervision.
Su m m e r Sc h o o l W o r k
Students desiring to transfer credit from a summer school are required
to obtain the endorsement of the chairman of the department concerned
before entering upon the work, and after completing the work are required
to pass an examination set by the Swarthmore department.
P h y s ic a l E d u c a t io n
Physical education is required of all women and non-veteran men in the
freshman and sophomore years, unless an excuse is granted by the college
63
physician. A minimum of three periods per week shall be required. If any
semester’s work of the first two years is failed, it shall be repeated in the
junior year. N o student shall be permitted to enter his senior year with a
deficiency in physical education.
E x c l u s io n f r o m C o l l e g e
The college reserves the right to exclude at any time students whose con
duct or academic standing it regards as undesirable, and without assigning
any further reason therefor; in such cases fees will not be refunded or
remitted, in whole or in part, and neither the college nor any of its officers
shall be under any liability whatsoever for such exclusion.
Requirements for Graduation
B a c h e l o r o f A r t s a n d B a c h e l o r o f Sc ie n c e
The degree of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science are conferred upon
students who have met the following requirements for graduation:
1. The candidate must have completed eighteen full courses or ten courses
and eight seminars with an average grade of C.
2. He must have complied with the course requirements for the first two
years.
3. He must have met the requirements in the major and supporting fields
during the last two years.
4. He must have passed satisfactorily the comprehensive examinations in
his major field or met the standards set by visiting examiners. for a degree
with honors.
5. He must have completed four terms of study at Swarthmore College,
two of which have been those of the senior year.
6. He must have completed the physical education requirements set forth
on page 63 and in the statements of the Physical Education Departments.
7. He must have attended the Collection exercises of the College in accord
ance with the regulations (see page 47).
8. H e must have paid all outstanding bills and returned all equipment
and library books.
Advanced Degrees
M a s t e r o f A r t s a n d M a s t e r o f Sc ie n c e
The degree of Master of Arts or Master of Science may be conferred
subject to the following requirements:
64
W harton Hall, a Dormitory for M en
W orth Dorm itory for W o m en
Only students who have completed the work for the Bachelor’s degree
with some distinction, either at Swarthmore or at another institution of
satisfactory standing, shall be admitted as candidates for the Master’s degree
at Swarthmore.
The candidate’s record and a detailed program setting forth the aim of
the work to be pursued shall be submitted, with a recommendation from
the department or departments concerned, to the Committee on the Master’s
Degree. If accepted by the Committee, the candidate’s name shall be re
ported to the faculty at or before the first faculty meeting of the year in
which the candidate is to begin his work.
The requirements for the Master’s degree shall include the equivalent
of a full year’s work of graduate character. This work may be done in
courses, seminars, reading courses, regular conferences with members of
the faculty, or research. The work may be done in one department or in two
related departments. The catalogue statements of departments which offer
graduate work indicate the courses or seminars which may be taken for
this purpose.
A candidate for the Master’s degree shall be required to pass an examina
tion conducted by the department or departments in which his work was
done. He shall be examined by outside examiners, provided that, where
this procedure is not practicable, exceptions may be made by the Committee
on the Master’s Degree. The department or departments concerned, on the
basis of the reports of the outside examiners, together with the reports of
the student’s resident instructors, shall make recommendations to the faculty
for the award of the degree.
At the option of the department or departments concerned, a thesis may
be required as part of the work for the degree.
A candidate for the Master’s degree will be expected to show before ad
mission to candidacy a competence in those languages deemed by his depart
ment or departments most essential for his field of research. Detailed
language requirements will be indicated in the announcements of departments
which admit candidates for the degree.
The tuition fee for graduate students who are candidates for the Master’s
degree is $600 per year, and the general fee for these students is $25 per
semester.
A d v a n c e d E n g in e e r in g
D egrees
The advanced degrees of Mechanical Engineer (M.E.), Electrical Engineer
(E.E.), and Civil Engineer (C.E.), may be obtained by graduates who
have received their Bachelor’s degree in Engineering upon fulfilling the
requirements given below:
1. The candidate must have been engaged in engineering work for five
years since receiving his first degree.
65
2. He must have had charge of engineering work and must be in a
position of responsibility and trust at the time of application.
3. He must make application and submit an outline of the thesis he ex
pects to present, one full year before the advanced degree is to be conferred.
4. The thesis must be submitted for approval one calendar month before
the time of granting the degree.
5. Every candidate shall pay a registration fee of $5 and an additional
fee of $20 when the degree is conferred.
Awards and Frizes
The J o h n W . N a s o n A w a r d , a gift of a friend of the College in honor
of the Eighth President, is presented, normally at Commencement, to one or
more members of the total staff of the College, or to members of their fam
ilies, who have made a distinctive contribution, beyond the scope of their
normal duties, to the life of the College community. The Award is made by
the Instruction and Libraries Committee of the Board of Managers upon the
advice of the President of the College and consists of a formal citation and
a monetary award of $1,000.
The I v y A w a r d F u n d was created by a gift from Owen Moon, ’94. The
income of the fund is placed in the hands of the faculty for award on Com
mencement Day to a male member of the graduating class. The qualifica
tions for the Ivy Award are similar to those for the Rhodes Scholarships
and include fa ) qualities of manhood, force of character, and leadership;
(b) literary and scholastic ability and attainments. These have been phrased
by the donor in the words "leadership based upon character and scholarship.”
The O a k L e a f A w a r d was established by David Dwight Rowlands of
the Class of 1909. It was later permanently endowed in memory of him by
Hazel C. Rowlands, '07, and Caroline A. Lukens, ’98. The award is made
by the faculty each year to the woman member of the Senior Class who is
outstanding for loyalty, scholarship and service.
The M c C a b e E n g i n e e r i n g A w a r d , founded by Thomas B. McCabe,
1915, is to be presented each year to the outstanding engineering student in
the Senior Class. The recipient is chosen by a committee of the faculty of
the division of Engineering.
The C r a N e P r i z e , a memorial to Charles E. Crane, Jr., of the Class of
1936, is an award of about $20, given for the purchase of philosophical
books, and presented annually to the junior who, in the opinion of the
department, has done the best work in Philosophy and Psychology.
The A. E d w a r d N e w t o n L i b r a r y P r i z e of $ 5 0 , endowed by A. Edward
Newton, to make permanent the Library Prize first established by W . W.
66
Thayer, is awarded annually to that undergraduate who, in the opinion of
the Committee of Award, shows the best and most intelligently chosen col
lection of books upon any subject. Particular emphasis is laid in the award
not merely upon the size of the collection but also upon the skill with which
the books are selected and upon the owner’s knowledge of their subjectmatter.
The K a t h e r i n e B. S i c a r d P r i z e of $5, endowed by the Delta Gamma
Fraternity in memory of Katherine B. Sicard, '34, is awarded annually
to the freshman woman who, in the opinion of the department, shows great
est proficiency in English.
P u b l i c S p e a k i n g C o n t e s t s . Prizes for annual contests in public speak
ing are provided as follows: The E l l a F r a n c e s B u n t i n g E x t e m p o r a r y
S p e a k i n g F u n d awards prizes totaling $45 for the best extemporaneous
short speeches. The O w e n M o o n F u n d provides the Delta Upsilon
Speaking Contest prizes totaling $25 for the best prepared speeches on
topics of current interest.
The W i l l i a m P l u m m e r P o t t e r P u b l i c S p e a k i n g F u n d was estab
lished in 1907.- The income of. the fund is used to sponsor three different
annual contests: ( l ) the Potter Public Speaking Contest prizes totalling
$100.00, (2) the Potter Poetry Contest, $50.00, (3) the One-Act Play Con
test, $50.00. The Potter Fund has also been used to establish a collection of
dramatic and poetic records.
The Lois M o r r e l l P o e t r y A w a r d , given by her parents in memory of
Lois Morrell of the Class of 1946, goes to that student who, in the opinion
of the faculty, submits the best original poem in the annual competition for
the award. The award, consisting of $100, is made in the spring of the
year. All entries should be submitted by April 1.
The J o h n R u s s e l l H a y e s P o e t r y P r i z e s , of approximately $25 for a
first prize and $15 for a second prize, are offered for the best original poem
or for a translation from any language. Manuscripts should be ready by
April 1 of each year.
Fellowships
Three fellowships are awarded annually by the faculty, on recommendation
of the Committee on Fellowships, to graduates of the college for the pursuit
of advanced work under the direction of the faculty or with their approval.
Applications for fellowships must be in the hands of the committee by April
15. Applicants for any one of these fellowships will be considered for the
others as well.
These three fellowships are:
67
The H annah A. Leedom Fellowship of $500, founded by the bequest
of Hannah A. Leedom.
The J o s h u a L i p p i n c o t t F e l l o w s h i p of $600, founded by Howard W.
Lippincott, of the Class of 1875, in memory of his father.
The J o h n L o c k w o o d M e m o r i a l F e l l o w s h i p of $600, founded by the
bequest of Lydia A. Lockwood, New York, in memory of her brother, John
Lockwood. It was the wish of the donor that the fellowship be awarded
to a member of the Society of Friends.
Four other fellowships are open to graduates of Swarthmore College
Under the conditions described below:
The L u c r e t i a M o t t F e l l o w s h i p , founded by the Somerville Literary
Society and sustained by the contribution of its life members, has yielded
an annual income since its foundation of $525. It is awarded each year
by a committee of the faculty (selected by the society), with the concur
rence of the life members of the society, to a young woman graduate of
that year who is to pursue advanced study at some other institution approved
by this committee.
The M a r t h a E. T y s o n F e l l o w s h i p , founded by the Somerville Literary
Society in 1913, is sustained by the contributions of life members of the
society and yields an income of $500 or more. It is awarded biennially by a
joint committee of the faculty and the society (elected by the society) with
the concurrence of the life members of the society to a woman graduate
of Swarthmore College, who has entered or plans to enter elementary or
secondary school work. The recipient of the award is to pursue a course
of study fitting her for more efficient work in an institution approved by the
Committee of Award.
Sig m a Xi R e s e a r c h F e l l o w s h i p .
The Swarthmore Chapter of Sigma
Xi appoints, from time to time, as funds are available, Fellows with re
search grants with a maximum value of $1,000. The holders of this fellow
ship are usually associates of the chapter who have shown conspicuous ability
in graduate studies. The purpose of the chapter in awarding these fellow
ships is to relieve worthy students from teaching and other distracting
duties so that they may concentrate as much as possible upon their research.
Applications for these fellowships should be made to the secretary of the
chapter not later than the middle of March. Appointments will be an
nounced about the middle of April.
The P h i B e t a K a p p a F e l l o w s h i p of $150, founded by the Swarthmore
Chapter of the national honor fraternity, is awarded each year at the dis
cretion of the Committee on Fellowships on the basis of intellectual distinc
tion to a member of the senior class who proposes to pursue graduate study
and scholarly work.
68
C ourses
of
I nstruction
N u m b e r in g o f C o u r s e s a n d S e m in a r s
A system of uniform numbering is used in all departments.
numbered as follows:
1 to
Courses are
9—introductory courses
11 to
49— other courses open to students of all classes
51 to
69—advanced courses limited to juniors and seniors
101 to 199—seminars for honors students and graduate students
Full courses the numbers of which are joined by a hyphen (e.g., 1-2)
must be continued for the entire year; credit is not given for the first
semester’s work only.
Astronomy
Chairman and Director of
Sproul Observatory
P rofessor: P eter van de K a m p,
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r :
A rn e A . W yller*
R e s e a r c h A s s o c ia t e :
Sa r a h L . L ip p in c o t t
R e s e a r c h A s s is t a n t :
L a u r e n c e W . F r e d r ic k
A s tro n o m y d e a ls w ith th e n a tu r e o f t h e u n iv e r s e a b o u t u s a n d th e m e th o d s e m p lo y e d
to d is c o v e r t h e la w s u n d e r ly in g th e o b s e r v e d p h e n o m e n a .
T h e e le m e n ta ry c o u rs e s
p r e s e n t th e p r o b le m s i n b r o a d o u tlin e s a n d tra c e th e g r o w th o f o u r k n o w le d g e o f th e
fa c ts a n d th e d e v e lo p m e n t o f m o r e c o m p re h e n s iv e th e o r ie s . T h e a d v a n c e d c o u rs e s c o n
s id e r s o m e o f th e s e p ro b le m s i n d e ta il; th e o r d e r i n w h ic h th e y m a y b e ta k e n d e p e n d s
u p o n th e e x te n t o f th e s tu d e n t’s m a s te r y o f m a th e m a tic s a n d p h y s ic s .
T h e p r in c ip a l in s tr u m e n t o f th e S p r o u l O b s e rv a to r y is th e tw e n ty -fo u r -in c h v is u a l
r e f r a c to r o f th ir ty - s ix - f o o t fo c a l le n g th , u s e d a lm o s t e x c lu s iv e ly f o r p h o to g r a p h y . T h e
in s tr u m e n t h a s b e e n i n c o n tin u o u s o p e r a tio n s in c e 1 9 1 2 a n d p ro v id e s a v a lu a b le a n d
s te a d ily e x p a n d in g c o lle c tio n o f p h o to g r a p h s . A n u m b e r o f m e a s u r in g a n d c a lc u la tin g
m a c h in e s a r e a v a ila b le f o r th e m e a s u re m e n t a n d r e d u c tio n o f th e p h o to g r a p h s . T h e
p r in c ip a l p r o g r a m o f th e O b s e rv a to r y is a n a c c u ra te s tu d y o f t h e d is ta n c e s , m o tio n s
a n d m a ss e s o f t h e n e a r e r s te l la r sy ste m s.
A d v a n c e d s tu d y i n c o n ju n c tio n w i t h th e r e s e a rc h p ro g r a m o f t h e O b s e rv a to r y m a y
b e a r r a n g e d i n c o n s u lta tio n w i t h th e D ir e c to r o f t h e S p r o u l O b s e rv a to r y . T h e S tu d e n ts ’
O b s e rv a to r y c o n ta in s a s ix -in c h v is u a l r e f r a c to r , a n in e -in c h p h o to g r a p h ic te le s c o p e , a n d
a t r a n s it in s tr u m e n t. T h e S p r o u l O b s e rv a to r y is o p e n to v is ito r s o n th e s e c o n d a n d
f o u r t h T u e s d a y n ig h ts o f e a c h m o n th , e x c e p t th o s e T u e s d a y n ig h ts t h a t f a l l i n a v a c a
t i o n p e r io d . V is ito r s t h u s h a v e a n o p p o r tu n i ty o f s e e in g , i n t h e c o u rs e o f a y e a r, m a n y
c e le s tia l o b je c ts o f v a r io u s ty p e s.
1 -2 .
D escriptive Astronomy . M r . v a n d e K a m p .
F ull Course
T h e s e c o u rs e s p r o v id e a n in tr o d u c tio n to th e m e th o d s a n d re s u lts o f a s tro n o m y .
F u n d a m e n ta l n o tio n s o f p h y s ic s a r e s tu d ie d a s th e y a r e n e e d e d to p r o v id e a n
a d e q u a te s c ie n tific b a s is f o r th e c o u rs e . T h e s e c o u rs e s a r e p r e r e q u is ite f o r a ll
f u r t h e r w o r k i n a s tr o n o m y . T h r e e c la ss p e r io d s e a c h w e e k , p ra c tic a l w o r k to
b e a rra n g e d .
Mr. van de Kamp.
Spherical astronomy; celestial navigation. The two body problem; energy con
cepts; Bohr atom. Galactic rotation. Other problems.
3. I ntroduction to M athematical A stronomy .
11. D ouble Stars. M r. van de Kamp.
The two body problem. Theory and observational technique of visual, spec
troscopic and eclipsing binaries. Special attention is given to the photographic
study of both resolved and unresolved astrometric binaries. The masses of binary
components and of unseen companions.
P r e r e q u is ite :
M a th e m a tic s 1 1 -1 2 .
t Absent on leave, 1957-58.
70
12. P hotographic A strometry. Mr. van de Karap.
The long-focus refractor. Photographic technique, measurement and reduction
of photographic plates. Choice of reference stars. Attainable accuracy. Appli
cation to the problems of parallax, proper motion, mass-ratio, and perturbations.
Resolved and unresolved astrometric binaries; orbital analyses.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 3-4, and Astronomy 1-2.
13. Introductory A strophysics.
Mr. Wyller.
Selected topics in atomic physics and theory of radiation with subsequent appli
cations to the problems of absorption lines and radiative transfer in stellar
atmospheres.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 11-12.
14. G alactic and Extragalactic Structure . Mr. van de Kamp. Spring Semester
Fundamental data. Interstellar matter, nebulae, stars. Variable stars. Structure
and rotation of the galactic system. Extragalactic objects. The concept of popu
lations. Age, origin and evolution of the universe.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 3-4, and Astronomy 1-2.
15. R eading Course in A stronomy . Mr. van de Kamp.
Extensive and detailed study of the literature of various fields and topics.
Students who intend to pursue astronomy as a major subject in course should
have Astronomy 1-2 during the freshman or sophomore year; advanced courses in
Astronomy selected from the list given above, combined with work in mathematics,
constitute the further requirement.
H o n o r s Se m in a r s i n A s t r o n o m y
Prerquisites for admission to honors seminars in Astronomy, either as a major or as
a minor, are the completion of the following courses: Mathematics 11-12, Astronomy
1-2, a course in general Physics, reading knowledge of French or German.
101. D ouble Stars.
102. P hotographic A strometry.
103. A strophysics.
104. G alactic and Extragalactic Structure .
105. Eclipsing Binaries .
106. O ptics (I dentical
w it h
P hysics 101).
110. T hesis . M r. van de Kamp, staff.
Participation in a research project of Sproul Observatory.
G raduate W o rk
In conformity with the general regulations for work leading to the Master’s degree
(see page 64), this department offers the possibility for graduate work.
Candidates for the Master’s degree will normally take four honors seminars, selected
from those listed in astronomy, mathematics or physics, in consultation with the
faculty member under whose direction the work is to be done. A thesis may be
substituted for one of the seminars.
Candidates for the Master’s degree must have a good reading knowledge of two
modern languages.
71
Biology
P rofessor: Robert K. Enders, Chairm an
Associate Professors: Launce J. Flemister
Luzerne G. Livingston
N orman A. M einkoth *
N eal A. W eber
A ssistant Professor: K urt K. Bohnsack*
Instructors: W illiam C. D enison , H arold G. K lein
Lecturer : Sarah C. Flemister
T h r o u g h its e le m e n ta ry c o u rs e , t h e D e p a r tm e n t o f B io lo g y in tr o d u c e s th e s tu d e n t
t o a c o m p re h e n s iv e v ie w o f th o s e p r in c ip le s , p ro b le m s a n d p h e n o m e n a c o m m o n to . a ll
o rg a n is m s , w ith a n im a ls a n d p la n ts in te r p r e te d o n a c o m p a ra tiv e b a s is . T h e a d v a n c e d
c o u rs e s i n th e B io lo g ic a l S c ie n c es ( e x c e p t G e n e ti c s ) d e a l s p e c ific a lly w ith p l a n t b io lo g y
( b o t a n y ) , o r a n im a l b io lo g y ( z o o lo g y ) a n d a r e lis te d u n d e r th e s e re s p e c tiv e h e a d in g s .
F o llo w in g th e b r o a d re v ie w o f th e p l a n t a n d a n im a l k in g d o m s a s g iv e n in th e c o u rs e
i n g e n e r a l b io lo g y , a d v a n c e d w o r k is ta k e n u p i n tw o d if f e r e n t w a y s :
first, sp ecific
a s p e c ts o f th e b r o a d s u b je c ts a re tr e a te d i n a c o m p a ra tiv e m a n n e r a s i n a n a to m y a n d
p h y s io lo g y ; s e c o n d , b r o a d e r a sp e c ts o f a sp ec ific s u b je c t a re tr e a te d a s in e n to m o lo g y ,
p a ra s ito lo g y , e m b ry o lo g y , g e n e tic s a n d d e v e lo p m e n ta l p l a n t a n a to m y . T h e s tr u c tu r a l
a n d f u n c tio n a l c o n s id e r a tio n is e x te n d e d to in c lu d e p r o b le m s o f in te rd e p e n d e n c e o f
o rg a n is m s i n t h e s tr u c tu r e a n d f u n c tio n o f p l a n t a n d a n im a l s o c ie tie s a n d th e in flu e n c e
, o f p h y s ic a l, c h e m ic a l a n d b io lo g ic a l fa c to rs i n th e s u rv iv a l o f th o s e s o c ie tie s .
R equirements
for
M ajors
in
Course
A s tu d e n t m a y m a jo r i n b io lo g y , b o ta n y , o r z o o lo g y .
S tu d e n ts i n c o u rs e s h o u ld
in c lu d e th e f o ll o w i n g s u p p o r tin g s u b je c ts i n t h e ir p ro g r a m s , i n a d d itio n to th e f o u r
f u l l c o u rs e s i n t h e ir m a jo r s u b je c t: c h e m istry , in c lu d in g o n e s e m e s te r i n o rg a n ic
c h e m is try , o n e c o u rs e i n p h y s ic s , o n e c o u rs e i n m a th e m a tic s a n d a m o d e r n la n g u a g e
( G e r m a n p r e f e r r e d ) th r o u g h c o u rs e 4 .
T h e s e c o u rs e s a re r e q u ir e d f o r m a jo rs in
b o ta n y o r z o o lo g y . T h e p ro g r a m f o r b io lo g y m a jo rs m a y b e m o d ifie d , b u t a n y p r o g r a m
m u s t b e a p p r o v e d i n a d v a n c e b y th e d e p a r tm e n t.
Biology
1 -2.
G eneral Biology. S ta ff.
F ull Course
A n in tr o d u c tio n to t h e s tu d y o f liv in g th in g s . A c o n s id e r a tio n o f th e p r o p e r tie s
o f p r o to p la s m a n d th e s tr u c tu r e o f th e c e ll; a b r ie f s u rv e y o f liv in g fo r m s , b o th
p la n t a n d a n im a l. T h e m e th o d s b y w h ic h a n im a ls a n d p la n ts m a in ta in th e m s e lv e s ,
g r o w a n d re p ro d u c e , a n d a d is c u s s io n o f t h e m e c h a n is m o f h e re d ity . S o m e tim e
w i l l b e d e v o te d to th e in te r r e la tio n s h ip s o f p la n ts a n d a n im a ls i n c o m m u n itie s ,
a n d t h e p la c e o f m a n i n th e w h o le s tr u c tu r e . E v id e n c e f o r a n d a g a in s t th e o rie s o f
e v o lu tio n w i l l b e d is c u s s e d .
T w o le c tu re s a n d o n e d is c u s s io n p e r io d , o n e th r e e - h o u r la b o ra to ry p e r w e e k .
C r e d it is n o t g iv e n f o r a s in g le s e m e s te r o f th is c o u rs e .
t Absent on leave, 1957-58.
72
20.
Spring Semester
G enetics . M r . D e n is o n .
A s tu d y o f t h e f u n d a m e n ta l p rin c ip le s o f in h e r ita n c e a s th e y a p p ly t o liv in g
o rg a n is m s g e n e r a lly . T h e c o u rs e in c lu d e s a d e ta ile d c o n s id e r a tio n o f th e p rin c ip le s
o f M e n d e lia n in h e r ita n c e , a n a n a ly sis o f th e u n d e r ly in g c h ro m o s o m a l m e c h a n is m s ,
th e g e n e th e o ry , a n d th e r e la tio n s h ip o f th e p r in c ip le s o f g e n e tic s to e v o lu tio n , to
p la n t a n d a n im a l im p r o v e m e n t, a n d to m a n .
T h r e e le c tu re s p e r w e e k , w ith a s s ig n e d p r o b le m s a n d la b o r a to r y a n d / o r lib r a r y
p ro je c ts i n lie u o f f o r m a lly o rg a n iz e d la b o r a to r y w o rk .
P r e r e q u is ite :
B io lo g y 1 -2.
Botany
16.
D evelopmental P lant A natomy . M r . L iv in g s to n .
Alternate Years, Pall Semester
T h e fu n d a m e n ta ls o f a n a to m y o f s e e d p la n ts a p p ro a c h e d f r o m a d e v e lo p m e n ta l
s ta n d p o in t. T h e s tr u c tu r e a n d b e h a v io r o f m e ris te m s , p ro b le m s a n d p ro c e ss e s o f
d if f e r e n tia tio n , a n d a d e ta ile d a n a ly sis o f c e llu la r , tis s u e a n d o r g a n s tr u c tu r e in
h ig h e r p la n ts .
T w o le c tu re s a n d tw o th r e e - h o u r la b o r a to r y p e r io d s p e r w e e k .
P r e r e q u is ite :
18.
B io lo g y 1 -2.
Survey of t h e P lant K ingdom . M r . L iv in g s to n , M r . D e n is o n .
Alternate Years, Pall Semester
A c o m p a ra tiv e s tu d y o f th e s tr u c tu r e , re p r o d u c tio n , a n d lif e h a b its o f th e a lg a e ,
f u n g i, m o sse s, a n d lo w e r v a s c u la r p la n ts f r o m a p h y lo g e n e tic v ie w p o in t. P a r tic
u l a r a tte n tio n is g iv e n to c u r r e n t c o n c e p ts o f e v o lu tio n a r y r e la tio n s h ip f r o m th e
s ta n d p o in ts o f b o th c o m p a ra tiv e m o rp h o lo g y a n d p a le o b o ta n ic a l e v id e n c e .
T w o le c tu re s a n d tw o la b o r a to r ie s o r fie ld tr i p s p e r w e e k .
P r e r e q u is ite :
65.
B io lo g y 1 -2.
Alternate Years, Spring Semester
Field Botany . M r. D e n is o n .
A s tu d y o f th e c la ss ific a tio n o f th e p r in c ip a l g r o u p s o f p la n ts e m p h a s iz in g fie ld
id e n tific a tio n a n d e c o n o m ic , b io lo g ic a l a n d c u ltu r a l s ig n ific a n c e . T h e fin a l le c
tu re s a re c o n c e rn e d w ith t h e fu n d a m e n ta ls o f p l a n t e co lo g y .
T h r e e le c tu re s , o n e fie ld tr i p , a n d o n e la b o ra to ry p e r w e e k p lu s o n e o r m o re
w e e k e n d fie ld tr ip s .
P r e r e q u is ite :
67.
B io lo g y 1-2.
P lant P hysiology. M r . L iv in g s to n .
Alternate Years, Spring Semester
A n in te g r a te d s tu d y o f th e p h y s io lo g ic a l p ro c e ss e s o f h ig h e r p la n ts , in c lu d in g
g e n e r a l c e l lu la r p h y s io lo g y , w a te r r e la tio n s , m in e r a l n u tr i tio n , e n z y m e a c tio n ,
p h o to s y n th e s is , m e ta b o lic p ro c e ss e s, tr a n s lo c a tio n , th e p h y s io lo g y o f g r o w th a n d
d e v e lo p m e n t, a n d r e la te d to p ic s .
T w o le c tu re s , o n e d is c u s s io n p e r io d , a n d o n e la b o r a to r y p e r io d p e r w e e k .
P r e r e q u is ite s :
68.
B io lo g y 1 -2, C h e m is tr y 1-2, O r g a n ic C h e m is tr y d e s ir a b le .
Biology of Bacteria . M r . L iv in g s to n .
Alternate Years, Pall Semester
A n a p p ro a c h to th e s tu d y o f b a c te r io lo g y w ith p r in c ip a l e m p h a s is o n th e c o n
s id e r a tio n o f b a c te r ia a s o rg a n is m s , r a t h e r th a n a s c a u s a tiv e a g e n ts o f d is e a s e , etc.
T h e m o rp h o lo g y , p h y s io lo g y a n d b io c h e m is tr y , a n d c la ss ific a tio n o f b a c te r ia .
T w o le c tu re s a n d tw o la b o ra to ry p e r io d s p e r w e e k .
P r e r e q u is ite s :
B io lo g y
1 -2, C h e m is tr y
73
1 -2 , O r g a n ic C h e m is tr y d e s ir a b le .
69. T axonomy
of
Seed P lants . Mr. Denison.
Alternate Years, Spring Semester
A study of the principal families of seed plants emphasizing those forms occurring
naturally or under cultivation in the temperate and subtropical portions ot
eastern North America. The fundamentals of systematics are discussed but not
stressed.
Three lectures, one field trip, and one laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1-2.
Botany 65 and 69 are intended as alternative courses. Students who have taken
one course may not ordinarily take the other for credit.
H onors W ork
The seminars given each year vary according to the choices of the students and the
convenience of the department.
111. P lant P hysiology. Mr. Livingston.
An extension of the area covered in course 67, with particular emphasis on a
critical study of original sources, both classical and current. The seminar discus
sion is accompanied by a full day of laboratory work each week.
112. P roblems o f P lant G row th and D evelopment . Mr. Denison and Mr. Liv
ingston.
A correlated anatomical and physiological approach to developmental plant anat
omy and morphogenesis. The seminar discussion is accompanied by a full day
of laboratory work each week.
113. G enetics . Mr. Denison.
An extension of the area covered in course 20, with particular emphasis on cur
rent research in the field of inheritance in all its aspects. The seminar discussion
is accompanied by a full day of laboratory work each week.
114. T axonomy and D istribution of F lowering P lants . Mr. Denison.
An extension of the area covered in course 68. Particular emphasis is placed
geography and distribution. Seminar discussions and field work, supplemented by
laboratory work.
115. M icrobiology. Mr. Livingston.
An extension of the area covered in Course 68. Particular emphasis is placed
on physiological and biochemical aspects of the subject. Some work on fungi
and viruses is included.
Zoology
11. Comparative V ertebrate A natomy . Mr. Weber.
Pall Semester
This course normally follows General Biology. It deals with the comparative
and unique aspects of the anatomy of the integument, skeleton, muscular, digestive,
respiratory, circulatory, excretory, reproductive and nervous systems of the various
vertebrate types. Classification, phylogeny and adaptive radiation are considered
with stress placed on anatomical adaptations to the various habitats. The protochordates, lamprey, dogfish, necturus and cat are studied as representative forms
in the laboratory. The course has three lecture and two laboratory meetings per
week. This course is among those required by medical schools.
74
S p rin g Sem ester
12. V ertebrate P hysiology. Mr. Flemlster.
A general consideration of the functional process in animals with emphasis
on mammals and other vertebrates. The aspects of adaptation of the
in d iv id u a l stu d e n t s are a u i
tu iu .c u u a u u u .
***
,
l
-------
course in Biology is desirable. Two lectures, one conference and' one laboratory
period per week.
Fall Semester
51. H istology. Mrs. Flemister.
This course consists of a detailed study of the microscopic structure of vertebrate
tissues, together with the functions of such tissues. In the laboratory the student
examines 'both prepared and living material, and becomes familiar with the prin
ciples of microtechniques. Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: 1-2, 11.
52. Embryology. Mrs. Flemister.
Spring Semester
A study of development of vertebrate anatomy. The lectures are concerned with
an investigation of the events which precede development, an analysis of the
development processes, and a brief survey of the contributions of the field of ex
perimental embryology. Laboratory periods are devoted to the embryology of the
frog, chick and pig. Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
53. Entomology . Mr. Weber.
Spring Semester
The study of insects and their relatives, their morphological and physiological
adaptations and their effect on man. Each student will prepare a study collection
from field trips.
54. Biology of P arasitism.
Alternate Years, Spring Semester
A consideration of parasitology with reference to evolution and adaptation to the
parasitic habit. Surveys are made of parasites in native animals. Classification,
life cycles and epidemiology are reviewed.
Prerequisite: 11 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy.
55. Field Z oology.
Emphasis is on
relationships to
will be done on
Mr. Weber.
Fall Semester
the living animals as they occur in nature, their systematics,
the environment, habits and distribution. Most of the work
field trips.
56. I nvertebrate Z oology.
Alternate Years, Fall Semester
A course designed to acquaint the student with the fundamental morphology,
classification, phylogeny and special problems of the invertebrate phyla.
Three lectures and one laboratory period per week. Occasional field trips.
Prerequisite: 11 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy.
57. Comparative P hysiology. Mr. Flemister.
Fall Semester
A course of lectures and laboratory experiments treating functional processes
from the standpoint of adaptation of the animal to its environment. These
processes in representative animals are compared in order to follow their elabora
tion from the more general to the more specialized.
Two lectures, one conference and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: Comparative Anatomy and Organic Chemistry.
Spring Semester
58. P hysiological Ecology. Mr. Flemister.
A course of lectures, discussions and experiments concerning the physiological
adaptations of representative animals to environmental stress. Requirements and
availability of optimum conditions of temperature, oxygen, food-stuffs and the
maintenance of ionic independence are critically appraised.
Two lectures, one conference and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite: 57 Comparative Physiology. Offered Spring term of even years.
75
59. Cytology. Mrs. Flemister.
Alternate Years, Fall Semester
A study of the structure and function of cells as units of biological organization,
and relationships within tissues and organs. In the laboratory the student
learns some of the techniques by which information about cells is arrived at, and
observes the characteristics of cells as units, and as parts of organized tissues.
Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1-2, Biology 11, Chemistry 1-2.
61 Biology for Seniors . Mr. Enders.
Spring Semester
A course designed to integrate the student’s knowledge in abstract sciences with
living animals, both captive and wild, and to give an opportunity to work on
some phase of Biology of interest to him.
63, 64. Special T opics. Staff.
E«// or Hall Course
For advanced students. Open to those who, on account of fitness, have arranged
a program of special work in the department.
Academy of Natural Sciences.
This course presents the study of variation, speciation, and the evolution of tax
onomic categories. It acquaints the student with the use of the methods and tech
niques of cytology, genetics, statistics, and plant and animal distribution in solving
taxonomic problems. Each student will attack an individual problem in the
taxonomy of some group of plants or animals.
One hour lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Saturdays 8-1.
70-71. F undamentals o f Systematics.
H onors W ork
Honors students majoring in Zoology must take four seminars in the department
and a minor of two seminars in another department within the division. Some freedom
is offered in the selection of the two seminars, or four half courses, which normally
would fulfill a second minor.
Students anticipating an honors program in Zoology must complete in the first
two and a half years the following: Biology 1-2 and Zoology 11, Chemistry 1-2,
Mathematics 3-4, and Physics 1-2. In addition, to qualify for minor seminars in the
departments indicated, Chemistry requires Chemistry 28-29, Mathematics requires
Mathematics 11-12, Physics requires Physics 11-12 and Mathematics 11-12, and Psy
chology requires Psychology 1, and another half course.
Prerequisites for students in the Honors Program with a minor in Zoology consist
of three half courses in Biology and Zoology (including 1-2). In addition, 104
requires a full course in Physics and a half course in Organic Chemistry.
Seminars: The following seminars prepare students for examinations for a degree
with Honors.
101. Biology of P arasitism.
An intensified version of course 54 with emphasis on individual student projects,
and an acquaintance with both the classic problems and the current literature deal
ing with the phenomenon of parasitism.
102. Cytology. Mrs. Flemister.
A study of the structure and function of the cell. Living material will be ex
amined and the modern microscopical techniques employed in the laboratory.
103. Embryology. Mr. Enders.
An analysis of reproduction and development. The laboratory work includes
individual projects by the students, a study of developmental anatomy of the chick,
pig and frog, and the observation of living material under normal and experi
mental conditions.
76
104. Comparative P hysiology. Mr. Flemister.
An intensive consideration of the physical and chemical phenomena underlying
the function of animals. A comparative approach is maintained in order to
consider the progression from more general to the most specialized adjustments,
acclimatizations and adaptations of animals to physical, chemical and biological
stresses in the environment. The terminal portion of the laboratory program is
devoted to the pursuit of original, independent work by the student. Prerequisites
for this seminar are courses in Comparative Anatomy and Organic Chemistry.
Offered in the Fall term.
106. Entomology . Mr. Weber.
Following a survey of insects in general, a detailed study of one aspect of the
field will be undertaken. This will involve use of a scientific library and inde
pendent work on one topic.
107. I nvertebrate Z oology.
A study of the morphology, taxonomy, natural history, distribution and adapta
tion of invertebrate phyla with special emphasis on evolutionary trends, ecological
relations, and problems peculiar to each group.
110. Special T opics . The Staff.
Open to students who, having satisfied all requirements, desire further work in
the department. Frequently this will include acting as junior assistants in the
research of staff members.
77
Chemistry
P ro fesso rs : E dward H . C o x , Chairman
W a l t e r B. K e ig h t o n , J r .
A ssociate P r o fessors :
E dward A. F e h n e l
D u n c a n G . F oster
G ilb er t P. H a ig h t , J r .
The aim of the Department of Chemistry is to provide a sound training in the
fundamental theories and basic techniques of the science rather than to deal with
specialized branches of the subject.
Both lecture and seminar approaches are used in presenting the subject matter.
The techniques and practices of the science are dealt with during the laboratory
periods. Usually the course laboratory periods last from three to four hours.
The various courses and seminar offerings are designed to meet the needs of three
classes of students:
1. Students with a primary interest in the humanities or social sciences, who turn
to chemistry as a scientific study of general educational value. Chemistry 1, 2
offers training in the scientific approach to problems, experience with the lab
oratory method of investigation, and a presentation of some of the major intellec
tual achievements of chemistry.
2. Students who seek training in chemistry as a supplement to their study of astron
omy, botany, engineering, mathematics, medicine, physics, or zoology. These
students should consult with their major department and with the Chemistry
department concerning the chemistry courses most suitable to their needs.
3. Students who consider chemistry their major interest. These students will take
Chemistry 1, 2 and Mathematics 3-4 in their freshman year; Chemistry 28 and
29, Mathematics 11, 12 and Physics 1, 2 in their sophomore year; Chemistry 26,
27 in their junior year, and Chemistry 61, 62 in their senior year. Some students
interested in Chemistry as a scientific study of general educational value, but with
no intention of pursuing chemistry as a profession, will find these basic courses
sufficient for their needs. Others, including those who expect to practice chem
istry as a profession, will take, in addition to the above courses, Mathematics 51,
52 and Physics 11, 12 in their junior year, and in the senior year, Chemistry 56
and 65. This latter curriculum—together with the general college requirements
outlined on pages 54 to 57—satisfies the minimum requirements of the American
Chemical Society for professional training in chemistry. Major students are ex
pected to have a reading knowledge of German before graduation.*
* Students who have completed the foreign language requirement in another language may
satisfy this requirement by taking German 7-8.
78
1. I ntroductory Chemistry . Mr. Haight and Staff.
Vail Semester
A study of the central concepts and basic principles of chemistry, including atomic
theory, kinetic-molecular theory, atomic structure, the kinds or chemical change
and the laws governing them. The chemistry of the non-metals will be intro
duced. No previous training in chemistry is required. Students who enter col
lege with exceptional training in chemistry are encouraged to take a placement
examination during freshman orientation week. If found to be sufficiently well
prepared they may omit all or part of the introductory course.
One semester. Prerequisite for all other courses in Chemistry.
Three lectures or recitations and one laboratory period weekly.
2. Introductory Chemistry . Mr. Haight and Staff.
Springy Semester
This course is a continuation of Chemistry 1, with particular attention to the
development and application of the principles studied in Chemistry 1. Emphasis
will be laid on the use of the periodic classification of the elements ¡md the
chemistry of the elements. The laboratory will be given over to the application
of the principles of chemical equilibrium to qualitative analysis.
One semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 1.
Three lectures or recitations and one laboratory period weekly.
11. E lementary P hysical Chemistry . Mr. Keighton.
Vail Semester
This is a one-semester course dealing with elementary kinetics, equilibrium, the
chemistry of solutions and the colloidal state. . This course is terminal, designed
for students who are not majoring in chemistry or who do not require the
more intensive study of physical chemistry provided by Chemistry 61-62.
One semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2, Mathematics 2.
Three lectures or recitations weekly.
25. O rganic Chemistry Survey. Mr. Cox.
Spring Semester
A one-semester survey of the field of organic chemistry with special emphasis
on nomenclature, structural relationships and general reactions of the more im
portant classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. _ No attempt is_ made to
solve intricate problems in syntheses. ^ This course is terminal, designed tor
students who are not majoring in chemistry or for students who do not require
the more intensive study of organic chemistry provided by Chemistry 28-29.
One semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2.
Two lectures, one conference and one laboratory period weekly.
26. Q uantitative A nalysis I. Mr. Foster.
Vail Semester
The theory and practice of volumetric analysis. Acid-base, oxidation-reduction,
precipitation and complex formation methods are studied, and the application
of the laws of chemical equilibrium to analytical methods. Laboratory work
consists in the analysis of unknowns illustrating these principles.
This course may be taken as a terminal course by students for whom only one
semester of analytical chemistry is required (e.g., pre-medical students).
One semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2.
Two lectures or conferences and two laboratory periods weekly.
27. Q uantitative Analysis II. Mr. Foster.
Spring Semester
The theory and practice of gravimetric analysis. Separation methods, coprecipi
tation, electrolysis, photometry, some aspects of instrumentation and an intro
duction to gas analytical methods are studied, with illustrative unknowns and
laboratory exercises.
One semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 26.
Two lectures or conferences and two laboratory periods weekly.
79
28-29. O rganic Chemistry . Mr. Cox and Mr. Fehnel.
Full Course
This course is designed for chemistry majors and others who require more thor
ough training in the principles and practice of organic chemistry than is given by
Chemistry 25. It is a prerequisite for admission to the Honors Seminar in Organic
Chemistry. The first semester is devoted largely to a consideration of aliphatic
compounds and the second to aromatic compounds. In addition, some elementary
aspects of the chemistry of alicyclic and heterocyclic compounds, biologically in
teresting materials, dyes and plastics are included. Synthetic methods in organic
chemistry are emphasized.
Two semesters. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2.
Three lectures and one laboratory period weekly.
56. Advanced O rganic Chemistry . Mr. Fehnel.
Pall Semester
Selected topics in organic chemistry, including resonance and molecular orbital
theory, reaction mechanisms, molecular rearrangements, stereochemistry, free
radicals and other topics of current interest. The laboratory periods are devoted
to qualitative organic analysis and to library and problem work in connection
with the identification, and characterization of organic compounds.
One semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 28-29.
Three lectures and two laboratory periods weekly.
61-62. P hysical C hemistry . Mr. Keighton.
Full Course
The principles of theoretical chemistry are studied and a number of numerical
exercises are worked; the gaseous, liquid and solid states, solutions, colloids,
elementary thermodynamics, chemical equilibria, electrochemistry, the kinetics
of chemical reactions. In the laboratory the student uses a variety of physicalchemistry apparatus.
Prerequisities: Quantitative analysis, calculus, and general physics.
Three lectures and one laboratory period weekly.
65. Advanced I norganic Chemistry . Mr. Haight.
Spring Semester
The periodic classification of elements is studied from the point of view of
correlation of structure and properties. Consideration is given to such topics
as atomic and molecular structure, coordination complexes, metal carbonyls,
intermetallic and interstitial compounds, modem concepts of acids and bases,
chemistry of the transition metals and rare earths and other phases of inorganic
chemistry.
One semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 61 either previously or concurrently.
Three lectures or conferences weekly.
69. Special T opics. Staff.
Fall and Spring Semesters
An elective half-course which provides an opportunity for qualified advanced
students to undertake original investigations in the field of chemistry. The course
is designed to give the student practical experience in the application of the
scientific method to the solution of a research problem, to develop facility in the
use of advanced laboratory techniques, and to stimulate interest in current devel
opments in chemical research. A thesis is required in lieu of a final examination.
Students who propose to take this course should consult the appropriate instructor.
One semester.
Approximately ten hours of laboratory work and conferences weekly.
80
H ono rs W ork
Before admission to honors work the chemistry major will have completed Chem
istry 1, 2, 28, 29, Mathematics 3, 4, 11, 12, and Physics 1, 2. The honors program
includes Chemistry 101, 105 in the junior year and Chemistry 106 and either 102 or
107 in the senior year, with four other seminars usually in biology, mathematics, or
physics.
101. P hysical Chemistry . Mr. Keighton.
Each Semester
The gaseous, liquid, and solid states, solutions, colloids, elementary thermo
dynamics, chemical equilibria, electrochemistry, the kinetics of chemical reactions.
Prerequisities: Quantitative analysis, calculus, and general physics.
One four-hour seminar and one seven-hour laboratory period weekly for one
semester.
102. Advanced P hysical Chemistry . Mr. Keighton.
Spring Semester
Topics such as the following: thermodynamics, the Debye-Hiickel theory of
strong electrolytes, the structure of matter, chemical kinetics including photo
chemistry and acid-base catalysis.
Prerequisite: Physical Chemistry 61-62, or 101.
One four-hour seminar and one seven-hour laboratory period weekly.
105. Q uantitative A nalysis. Mr. Foster.
Fall Semester
Essentially the content of courses 26 and 27, designed to prepare honors candi
dates for an honors examination.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2.
One seminar and six hours of laboratory work weekly.
106. Advanced O rganic Chemistry . Mr. Fehnel.
Fall Semester
A more intensive study of the same general area covered in Chemistry 56, in
cluding laboratory work in qualitative organic analysis.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 29 and senior standing.
One seminar and six hours of laboratory weekly.
107. Advanced I norganic Chemistry . Mr. Haight.
Spring Semester
A more intensive study of the same general area covered in Chemistry 65.
Prerequisite: Physical Chemistry either previously or concurrently.
One seminar and six hours of laboratory weekly.
81
Classics
Professors:
L . R . Sh e r o ,
Chairman
Su sa n P. C obbs
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r :
H elen F. N orth
The Department of Classics offers courses in Greek and Latin that are designed to
develop a capacity for the fruitful study of works written in those languages. A
knowledge of Greek is particularly valuable for students of modem literature, phi
losophy, or the Christian religion; a knowledge of Latin, for students of the romance
languages, mediaeval history, or law. Study in either field is helpful for the broad
ening and deepening of a student’s educational experience.
Another group of courses (numbered from 31 on) deals with the history of the
Greeks and Romans and with various aspects of their culture that have been of special
significance for the modern world. These courses presuppose no knowledge of the
Greek or Latin languages and are open without prerequisites to all students.
R e q u ir e m e n t s a n d R e c o m m e n d a t io n s f o r M a jo r s
Greek or Latin may be offered as the major subject either in course or in honors
work. Major students in course are normally required to complete during the first
two years either Intermediate Greek (course 11-12) or Introduction to Latin Literature
(course 11-12). Both of these courses are prerequisite for honors seminars for a
major student and one of them for honors seminars for a minor student.
Major students in Honors work may substitute for one of the four seminars normally
required in this department the seminar in Ancient Philosophy given by the Depart
ment of Philosophy or the seminar in Linguistic Science or a thesis. Students of Latin
may substitute a seminar in Greek for one of their seminars in Latin (or vice versa).
Creek
1-2. E lementary G reek . Miss Cobbs.
Full Course
The essentials of Greek grammar are covered and easy selections from Greek
literature are read.
Li, 12. Intermediate G reek .
Mr. Shero.
Full Course
Selections from Homer, a play of Euripides, and Plato’s Apology are read.
13,14. G reek Reading. Miss North.
Full Course
The reading of some of the masterpieces of poetry and of prose, including selec
tions from lyric poetry and from Herodotus and a play of Aeschylus or Sophocles,
is supplemented by a survey of the history of Greek Literature. _Credit is given
for each semester. The course will be offered only when required.
15,16. Advanced G reek R eading. Mr. Shero.
Full Course
The works read are determined by the interests and needs of the members of the
class but will usually include portions of Thucydides, some speeches of the
Attic orators, and a comedy of Aristophanes. Credit is given for each semester.
The course will be offered only when required.
82
Latín
1-2. E lementary Latin . Mr. Shero.
Full Course
The course is designed for students who begin Latin in college or who are not
prepared to enter Intermediate Latin, and it normally covers the equivalent of two
years’ work in secondary school. The course will be offered only when required.
3,4. I ntermediate Latin . Miss North.
Full Course
The course is primarily concerned with the reading of Virgil’s Aetieid. For
the benefit of students who have had only two years of preparatory Latin, a brief
introductory period is devoted to a review of the fundamentals of Latin grammar.
Credit is given for each semester.
11,12. I ntroduction to Latin Literature . Mr. Shero, Miss North. Full Course
The course aims to give some conception of the scope and characteristic qualities
of Latin literature. The reading includes selections from comedy and from
Cicero’s essays in the first semester and the Odes of Horace in the second.
Credit is given for each semester. It is open to students who have had four
years of preparatory Latin or who have completed Intermediate Latin.
13. Catullus and E legy. Miss Cobbs.
A study of the poems of Catullus and the elegiac poets.
Fall Semester
14. M ediaeval Latin . Miss North.
Spring Semester
The reading done in this course consists of prose and verse selected chiefly from
the writings of mediaeval Latin authors, with particular emphasis on history,
philosophy, satire, and poetry. Some attention is given, early in the course, to
Christian authors, such as Minucius Felix, St. Jerome, and St. Augustine, in
order to clarify the transition from ancient to mediaeval modes of thought and
expression.
Ancient History and Civilization
31. H istory of G reece . Mr. Shero.
Fall Semester
The course is devoted to the study of the political and social history of the
Greek states to the time of the Hellenistic kingdoms. This is preceded by a
brief survey of the Oriental civilizations by which the Greeks were influenced.
Special attention is given to the 6th and 5th centuries B. C. Considerable reading
is done in the primary sources in translation. The course is normally given in
alternate years.
33. G reek C ivilization . Mr. Shero.
Fall Semester
Special stress is laid on those aspects of Greek culture which have had most
significance for the modern world, and a detailed study is made of some of the
masterpieces of Greek art and of Greek literature (in translation). The course
is given when there is sufficient demand.
34. H istory o f Rom e . Mr. Shero.
Spring Semester
The course is devoted to the study of the political and social history of Rome to
the time of Constantine. Special attention is given to the last century of the
Republic and the first century of the Empire. Considerable reading is done in
the primary sources in translation.
35. C lassical A rchaeology. Mr. Shero.
The methods of archaeological investigation in general and the contributions of
archaeology to our knowledge of Greek and Roman life and art are studied.
A visit is paid to the University of Pennsylvania Museum. The course is
given when there is sufficient demand.
83
36. G reek Literature in T ranslation . Miss North.
Spring Semester
The works read in this course include the Iliad and the Odyssey, much of Greek
tragedy and comedy, selections from the historians, the lyric and elegiac poets,
and the Ionian physicists, and, in its entirety, the R epublic of Plato. These works
are considered both from the point of view of literary criticism and in relation to
their influence on the development of western thought.
37. L atin Literature
in
T ranslation — C lassical and M ediaeval. Miss North.
Fall Semester
The works studied in this course range in time from the age of the Roman Re
public to the twelfth century after Christ and are selected from those masterpieces
written in the Latin language, which possess significance for the history and
literature of Western Europe, and which retain: their value when read in trans
lation. They include, from the classical period, such major authors as Cicero,
Lucretius, Virgil, Livy, and Seneca; from the Latin Fathers, St. Jerome and
St. Augustine; and from the Middle Ages, Boethius, Prudentius, Bede, the chief
figures of the Carolingian Renaissance, and the writers of Mediaeval Latin hymns
and secular poetry. The course is given when there is sufficient demand.
39. C lassical M ythology in Literature and A rt . Mr. Shero.
Fall Semester
The course is designed to give familiarity with those myths and legends that
have served as material for writers and artists from ancient times to the present.
Plays, both ancient and modern, based on the more influential myths are read,
and a study is made of the manner in which the themes have been handled in
painting and sculpture of various periods. Special attention is given to the use
made of stories from mythology by recent writers. The course is normally given
in alternate years.
H o n o r s Sem in ars
01. Latin Language.
Miss N orth.
This seminar serves as an introduction to classical philology, stressing the study
of the Latin language in its development from Indo-European to the Vulgar Latin
period. It also includes practice in reading and writing Latin, and an introduction
to epigraphy and palaeography. The seminar is given in the fall semester.
102. Latin H istorians. Mr. Shero.
This seminar combines a survey of Latin historical writing to the end of the
Silver Age with intensive study of selected books of Livy and Tacitus. The
seminar is given in the spring semester.
103. Latin Epic . Miss North.
This seminar traces the development of Roman epic poetry, with particular
emphasis on the D e Rerum N atura of Lucretius and the Aeneid of Virgil. Some
attention is also given to early Roman epic, as represented by the A nnales of
Ennius, and to the period of its decline, typfied by Lucan’s Pharsalia. The
seminar is given in the fall semester.
104. Latin Comedy and Satire. Mr. Shero.
Representative^ comedies of Plautus and Terence are read, and a study of the
Satires and Epistles of Horace and the Satires of Juvenal is supplemented by a
general survey of the development of Roman satire. The seminar is given in the
spring semester.
In addition, seminars in Greek literature and in particular periods of ancient history
will be offered when required. Seminars in the Greek Epic (113) and in the Greek
Historians (112) will be offered in the year 1957-58. Seminars in the Greek Philos
ophers (111) and in the Greek Drama (114) will probably be offered in the follow
ing year.
84
Economics
P r o f e s s o r s : C l a ir W il c o x ,
Chairm an
E dw ard K . C ratsley
F r a n k C . P ie r s o n |
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r s : J o s e p h W . C o n a r d
W il l is
D.
W eatherford
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r s : W a r r e n E . A d a m s
W il l ia m
Lecturer: H elen
M.
H . B ro w n , Jr.
H unter
The courses in economics are designed: first, to acquaint the student with the insti
tutions and the processes through which the business of producing, exchanging, and
distributing goods and services is organized and carried on; second, to train him in
the methods by which the operation of these institutions and processes may be analyzed;
and third, to enable him to arrive at informed judgments concerning relevant issues
of public policy.
Course 1-2 is prerequisite to all other work in the department except course 3.
Students intending to major in economics are normally required to take either course 3
or 4 and are also advised to take Political Science 1-2. Sophomores are not per
mitted to take courses 50 to 61, inclusive, unless they will be unable to fit them into
their programs during the last two years. Majors in course normally are required to
take courses 50 and 51 in the junior year and are advised to take course 59 in the
second semester of their senior year. Majors in honors are advised to take seminar
103 and either 101 or 102.
1-2. I ntroduction to Economics . Messrs. Adams, Brown, Conard, Wilcox, and
Mrs. Hunter.
Full Course
This course is designed both to afford the general student a comprehensive survey
of the field and to provide students doing further work in the department with a
foundation upon which to build. It explains the organization and operation of
free, planned, and mixed economies and analyzes the major problems involved in
the allocation of resources, the distribution of income, the maintenance of in
dustrial stability, and the provision of social security, and in international
economic relationships.
3. A ccounting . Mr. Cratsley.
Spring Semester
Analysis of the problems of business organization and finance, banking, taxa
tion and public regulation from the viewpoint of the principles and methods of
corporate accountancy. It is the purpose of this course to equip the student
with the rudiments of accounting that he will need to employ in his advanced
courses and seminars in economics.
4. Statistics. Mrs. Hunter.
Fall Semester
The purpose of this course is to make the student a knowledgeable and critical
user of economic statistics. Topics covered include the analysis of frequency
distributions, an introduction to sampling, problems of index number con
struction, and a survey of the more important methods used to analyse
economic time series. This includes, in addition to the traditional ways of de
picting seasonal variation, secular trend and the business cycle, a critical con
sideration of both econometrics and the methods of the National Bureau of
Economic Research.
t Absent on leave, 1957-58.
85
11. Economic D evelopment . Mr. Wilcox.
Fall Semester
An analysis of the factors affecting economic growth: natural resources, labor,
technology, capital formation, economic organization, cultural influences, and
political and social institutions. An examination of the process of economic
development, in the past, in Great Britain, in Western Europe, in the United
States, in Japan, and in the Soviet Union. A study of the means of promoting
the future economic development of underdeveloped countries. An appraisal of
the prospects for continued economic growth in the United States. Open to
sophomores.
12. I ntroduction to I ndia and P akistan . Mr. Weatherford.
Spring Semester
A survey of the economic, political and social structure of modern India and
Pakistan. The historical background of present problems and the possibilities of
economic development. Open to sophomores.
50. Economic T heory . Mr. Brown.
The determination of prices in economic theory and in business practice. The
distribution of income. Determinants of the level of income and employment.
Not offered in 1957-58.
51. M oney and Banking . Mrs. Hunter.
Spring Semester
The organization and operation of the commercial banking system in the United
States. Central banking and the Federal Reserve system. Monetary policy and
economic stability.
52. P ublic Finance . Mr. Brown.
Spring Semester
The revenues and expenditures of Federal, state, and local governments. The
principles of taxation and borrowing. Budgetary control and debt management.
Fiscal policy and economic stability.
53. Business A dministration . Mr. Cratsley.
The problems which confront the business executive. Internal organization and
management. Marketing and merchandising. Risk, speculation, and insurance.
Case studies of business policy.
Not offered in 1957-58.
54. Business Fina nce . Mr. Brown.
Fall Semester
Corporate organization and finance. Investment banking and the securities mar
kets. Financial policy and economic stability.
55. Labor P roblems. Mr. Weatherford.
Fall Semester
The structure and functions of labor unions. Employer approaches to labor
relations. Analysis of wage policies. Governmental control of labor relations.
56. Social Economics . Mr. Weatherford.
An examination of the extent, consequences, and causes of poverty, insecurity,
and inequality. An appraisal of economic reforms; social insurance, medical
care, housing, the social use of the taxing power, the “welfare state.”
Not offered in 1957-58.
57, 58. P ublic Control of Business. Mr. Wilcox.
F ull Course
Fall semester: competition and monopoly in American industry, enforcement and
interpretation of the anti-trust laws, delivered pricing, the patent system, regula
tion of extractive industries and distributive trades.
Spring semester: regulation of municipal utilities, transportation, communica
tions; American agricultural policy; control of prices in war-time; public owner
ship and operation of industry.
86
59. Business Cycles. Mr. Brown.
Spring Semester
Theories of business fluctuations. Applications of modern income theory to
business cycles. Patterns of cyclical behavior and of long-term economic change.
Implications for public policy. Prerequisite: Economics 51.
60. I nternational Economics. Messrs. Conard and Wilcox.
Spring Semester
The theory and practice of international trade. The balance of payments, foreign
exchange, national commercial policies, international investment; relations be
tween free and controlled economics.
61. U rban Social P roblems. Mr. Weatherford.
Spring Semester
A study of some of the major social problems of the modern metropolis as
seen in Philadelphia. Mental health, housing and city planning, industrial
relations, criminology and local politics. Reading and class work are combined
with six week-ends in Philadelphia studying these problems and the agencies
which deal with them.
H onors W ork
101. Finance and Fiscal P olicy. Mr. Brown.
Spring Semester
The principles of taxation. Revenues and expenditures of federal, state, and local
governments. Corporation finance, investment banking. The securities and com
modities exchanges, public regulation of financial practices. Problems of the
federal debt. Fiscal policy and economic stability.
102. M oney , C ycles and G row th . Mr. Pierson.
The monetary framework of capitalism. Theory and practice of commercial and
central banking. Modern monetary and income theory as related to cyclical
change. Nature of cyclical instability. Theory of economic growth in richer
countries.
Not offered in 1957-58.
103. Economic T heory . Mr. Conard.
Fall Semester
Contemporary economic theory: price determination, the functional distribution
of income, the level of employment. The function served by economic theory for
Smith, Marx, and contemporary students. Criticism of theory in the light of
empirical studies and simplifying assumptions.
104. P ublic Control of B usiness. Mr. Wilcox.
Fall Semester
The anti-trust laws, the patent system, price discrimination, delivered price sys
tems, resale price maintenance. The control of prices and production in agri
culture, bituminous coal, petroleum and urban markets for fluid milk. Public
regulation of municipal utilities, transportation and communications. Price con
trol in war-time. The public ownership and operation of industry.
105. International E conomics. Messrs. Conard and Wilcox.
Each Semester
The theory of international trade. Monetary problems, cyclical fluctuations, and
international monetary cooperation. Restrictionism and discrimination, cartels,
commodity problems, shipping, aviation and telecommunications. Relations be
tween free and controlled economies. Post-war reconstruction, economic develop
ment and international investment. International economic organization.
106. L abor and Social Economics . Mr. Weatherford.
Spring Semester
Poverty, inequality, and insecurity. Labor legislation, organization, collective
bargaining, wage-policy and the public control of labor relations. Public as
sistance, social insurance, medical care, housing, free income and the social use
of the taxing power. Regional planning. The "welfare state.”
T hesis
A thesis may be substituted for a course or a seminar under exceptional circum
stances and by special arrangement.
87
Division of Engineering
Sa m u e l T . C a r pe n t e r , Acting Chairman
(T h e staff members o f the D ivision o f Engineering
are listed under their respective departm ents)
The engineering profession of today requires of its followers skill and resourceful
ness as well as an integrated and thorough education in the natural and social sciences.
The educational plan of the Division has been prepared with these requirements in
mind. The objective of our program is to train the student professionally while
providing the foundation of a liberal education. This is accomplished by educating
the student in the professional disciplines of the engineer, such as critical analysis,
humanistic studies, and the communication of ideas, as well as training in the tech
niques of the engineering sciences. Specifically, the three Engineering Departments
intend that each student shall (1) master the fundamental concepts of Engineering;
(2) extend this mastery in the field of Civil, Electrical or Mechanical Engineering
with a view to later professional practice; (3) obtain a sufficient amount of general
education to enable him to understand how his engineering activities fit into the great
purposes of society.
A student who intends to major in Engineering * follows a common course of study
for the first two years. This course adheres as far as possible to the general college
program for freshmen and sophomores (see page 55), and prepares the student
for his professional work of the junior and senior years. At the end of the sophomore
year, the student may enter his major field of Civil, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineer
ing. The last two years are largely spent in 'his major field. The three curricula of
the Engineering Departments lead to the degree of Bachelor of Science; these
curricula are accredited by the Engineers’ Council for Professional Development.
Each curriculum provides that the student of Engineering will take about one-fifth
of his work in the Divisions of the Humanities and Social Sciences, one-fourth of
his work in the Departments of Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics, and the re
mainder of his work in the three Departments of Engineering. All students devote
their last two years: (1) to certain basic courses required of all engineers; (2) to
fulfilling the major requirements of one of the departments of Engineering: (3) to
developing their special interests. It is possible for students in any of the three
departments whose interests lie also in the field of administration, physics, mathematics,
chemistry, etc., to follow a special program integrating the two areas of study, as for
example, Engineering and Physics or Engineering and Pre-medical studies.
The basic engineering program is outlined on the pages following. First is given
the detail of the curriculum for the freshman and sophomore years. Modifications
in this program may be made in individual cases, but it is essential that this body
of work be completed before the junior year. Next follows a description of certain
general courses in engineering open to all students. This is followed by an outline
of the curriculum and a description of the courses offered by each major department.
* High school students intending to enter Engineering should take algebra, advanced algebra,
plane and solid geometry, and trigonometry in secondary school.
88
O u t l in e
of the
B a s ic E n g i n e e r i n g C u r r i c u l u m
for th e
First Semester
F ir s t T
wo
Y
ears
Second Semester
Freshman Year
English Composition
Chemistry
First Year Mathematics
Descriptive Geometry
Surveying II
Social Science Elective
English Literature
Chemistry
First Year Mathematics
Engineering Drawing
Surveying I
Social Science Elective
Sophomore Year
Physics
Calculus
Dynamics
Electric & Magnetic Circuits
Non-technical Elective
Physics
Calculus
Statics
Materials & Shop Processes
Non-technical Elective
G
eneral
C ourses
GEl. Engineering D rawing . Mr. Morrill and Mr. Prager.
Fall Semester
Instruction in the use of drafting equipment; study of fundamental principles
of engineering drawing; practice through rendering of detailed elements and
machine assemblies; lettering and sketching. Required for freshman engineers.
Open to all students.
Two three-hour periods per week.
GE2. D escriptive G eometry . Mr. Morrill and Mr. Prager.
Spring Semester
An extension of the basic conception of orthographic projection as applied to
the location and' definition in space of three-dimensional structures; analysis of
the geometric relation of distances, angles, intersections of lines and planes;
development of surfaces; emphasis upon practical applications of descriptive
geometry in the various fields of engineering. Required for freshman engineers.
Open to all students who have had G E l or equivalent.
Two three-hour periods per week.
GEH. M aterials and Sh o p P rocesses. Staff.
Fall Semester
Study of elementary metallurgy of ferrous and non-ferrous materials; investigation
in the laboratory of various engineering materials as they are affected by stress,
temperature, and heat treatment; analysis of purposes and practice in use of
machine tools with emphasis on their performance with the variety of materials
used in manufacturing processes.
Three class periods per week; two three-hour laboratories each week.
GE51. Industrial M anagement . Mr. Cope.
Spring Semester
Study of organization and management of industrial enterprises; historical back
ground and evolution of present-day scientific practices; significance of arrange
ment of physical plant, production control, financial policies, wage payment, and
personnel relations. Open to all juniors and seniors.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
GE57. Engineering Economy . Mr. Carpenter.
Spring Semester
A study of the methods of determining the relative economy of engineering alter
natives; compound interest and the calculation of annual cost, present worth and
prospective rates of return. A method of analysis which the engineer uses when
he investigates a proposed course of action to decide whether it will prove to
be economical. Open to all juniors and seniors.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
89
Civil Engineering
P r o fesso r : Sa m u e l T . C a r p e n t e r , Chairm an
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r s : R o y F . L i n s e n m e y e r J
C h a r l e s W . N e w l in
M . J o s e p h W il l is
I n s t r u c t o r : R o b e r t J . St o n e
The work of the Civil Engineer involves design, research, management, and con
struction, in the following fields: buildings, bridges, aircraft, soils and1 foundations,
hydraulics and hydroelectric power, city and regional planning, sanitation and public
health, highways, airports, railways, and other projects of a public or private nature,
with their economic justification. The basic curriculum also provides a foundation
for those interested in aeronautical structures, architectural engineering, naval archi
tecture, and engineering mechanics.
Emphasis is placed on the broad scientific and humanistic education required for an
understanding of fundamental principles, based on the conviction that those possessing
such a background will contribute most to the future progress of the profession.
Students may elect to enter the Civil Engineering honors program at the beginning
of the junior year, although the establishment of an honors seminar depends upon the
number of students who wish to enroll. Excellent facilities and opportunities are
available to students who may wish to do research as part of their educational program.
St a n d a r d P r o g r a m
for
Spring Semester
Vail Semester
CE51 Mechanics of Materials
EE51 Electrical Apparatus
ME51 Thermodynamics I
Math 51 Advanced Calculus
C o u r s e St u d e n t s
Junior Year
CE52 Structural Theory
CE54 Soil Mechanics and Foundations
ME54 Fluid Mechanics
Elective
Senior Year
CE58 Special Topics
CE53 Adv. Structural Theory
CE56 Civil Engineering Design II
CE55 Civil Engineering Design I
GE57 Engineering Economy
CE57 Sanitary Engineering
Elective
CE69 Thesis (or Elective)
CEl Surveying, I. Mr. Willis, Mr. Stone.
Vail Semester
A study of the basic procedures used in making surveys for engineering work,
including the use, care, and adjustment of instruments, note keeping, linear and
angular measurements, leveling, traversing, stadia surveys, topographic mapping,
calculation of areas, and drafting room methods. Open to all students who have
had trigonometry in high school or college. (1 recitation and 1 3-hour laboratory
per week.)
CE2 Surveying, II. Mr. Willis, Mr. Stone.
Spring Semester
A continuation of CEl, covering celestial observations, preparation of profiles
and maps from field notes, elements of photogrammetry, highway curves and
earthwork, plane table surveys, and land surveying.
Prerequisite: CEl. (1 recitation and 1 3-hour laboratory per week.)
t Absent on leave, 1957-58.
90
CE11 Statics. Mr. Carpenter, Mr. Stone.
Fall Semester
Concept and definition of force, scalar, and vector quantities; combination and
resolution of forces; principle of moments and couples; graphical and analytical
conditions for equilibrium; stress diagrams, cables; centroids of areas, volumes,
and masses; area and volume theorems. Open to students who have taken
Mathematics 3-4. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory per week.)
Mr. Willis, Mr. Stone.
Spring Semester
Principles of dynamics, motion of a particle, Newton’s laws, general equation of
motion, rectilinear motion, displacement, velocity, speed, and acceleration; simple
harmonic motion, free and forced vibration; inertia forces, work and energy,
momentum and impulse; curvilinear motion; kinetic energy of rotation; balanc
ing of rotating bodies; relative motion, angular momentum; combined translation
and rotation.
Prerequisite: CE11 and Mathematics 11. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory
per week.)
CE12 D ynamics .
CE51 M echanics of M aterials. Mr. Stone.
Fall Semester
This course deals with the internal stresses and changes of form which always
occur when forces act upon solid bodies. The mechanics involved in the design
of simple engineering structures is presented so that the student may realize
the problems which must be solved in order to secure the required strength and
stiffness in isuch structures. The laboratory work of this course is planned to
clarify the theoretical considerations of beams, columns, combined stress, torsion
and methods of strain measurement.
Perequisite: C E ll, Statics, and Mathematics 12. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour
laboratory per week.)
CE52 Structural T heory . Mr. Carpenter.
Spring Semester
Analysis of determinate and indeterminate structures. A study of stresses in
truss and rigid frame systems, influence lines.
Perequisite: CE51 Mechanics of Materials. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour labora
tory per week.)
CE53 Advanced Structural T heory . Mr. Carpenter.
Fall Semester
A study of indeterminate structural systems and advanced structural theory.
Structural models.
Prerequisite: CE52 Structural Theory. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory
per week.)
CE54 Soil M echanics and F oundations . Mr. Newlin
Spring Semester
The principles of soil mechanics as related to the structural stability of soils under
internal and external force systems. Foundations for buildings, bridges, highways,
and airports are extensively treated. Research in soil mechanics. (3 recitations
and 1 3-hour laboratory per week.)
CE55 Civil Engineering D esign—I. Mr. Carpenter, Mr. Newlin
An introduction to the design of structures. Fundamental stress
siderations of structural members and connections for metallic,
timber structures, including ¡buildings, bridges, and aircraft.
Prerequisite: CE52 Structural Theory or equivalent. (2 recitations
laboratories per week.)
91
Fall Semester
analysis, con
concrete, and
and 2 3-hour
CE56 G vil Engineering D esign—II. Mr. Carpenter, Mr. Newlin. Spring Semester
A continuation of Gvil Engineering Design I. Planning, analysis, and design
of engineering structures and foundations. Additional topics in concrete with
ordinary and pre-stressed reinforcement. Ultimate design theory.
Prerequisite: CE55 Civil Engineering Design—I. (2 recitations and 2 3-hour
laboratories each week.)
CE57 Sanitary Engineering . Mr. Willis.
Fall Semester
The activities of the sanitary engineer, including the development and purification
of water supplies; sewerage and sewage disposal. Also relates sanitary engineer
ing to the broad field of public health, and includes subjects dealing with hydrol
ogy and advanced hydraulics.
Prerequisite: ME54 Fluid Mechanics. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory
per week.)
CE58 Special T opics. Staff.
Required course with subject matter dependent on a group need or interest. Past
groups have studied advanced soil mechanics, theory of elasticity, transportation,
advanced hydraulics, or structural mechanics.
CE69 G vil Engineering T hesis. Staff.
The time allotted to a civil engineering thesis is generally one semester. The
subject matter of the thesis must be approved by the department chairman six
weeks before the beginning of the semester. Excellent facilities exist for inde
pendent investigations in structures, soils, and materials.
i
92
Electrical Engineering
P ro fesso r s: H
ow ard
M . J e n k i n s , Chairman
John D . M
cCr u m m
J
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r s : C a r l B a r u s
D
a v id
L. Bo w ler
Electrical Engineering deals largely with the development and application of precise
notions of electricity and its allied physical sciences in the broad field of the conversion,
transmission, control, and utilization of electrical energy for the purposes of trans
mitting power and communicating intelligence. The program in Electrical Engineering
gives full recognition to the natural sciences basic to the profession, and includes
considerable work in the Humanities and Social Sciences, since the needs of the
profession are best served by engineers who are vitally aware of the society in which
they work.
The educational objectives of the Department are to provide the student with a
thorough understanding of the fundamental principles of the natural sciences related
to Electrical Engineering, and to inculcate in the student the confidence to apply these
principles to new situations. Considerable emphasis is placed on the experimental
evidence underlying these fundamentals, and mathematical methods are used’ to facili
tate the application of these principles. Since most engineering problems can be
solved only by making certain simplifications, the student is encouraged to examine
problems critically and to make such simplifying assumptions as are possible without
destroying the significance of the results. The importance of the presentation of
work is also stressed, the student being required to gain some proficiency in com
municating the results of his work clearly, completely, and in a well organized form.
The courses in Electrical Engineering are such a series of inquiries dealing with
fundamental concepts of electrical phenomena. The common aim is to carry the
student to such a point that he will understand the basic sciences involved and can
apply this knowledge to the problems of his later professional practice.
Unless specifically modified', the requirements for course students are listed below;
it is expected that majors will maintain a "C” average or better in the required
electrical courses.
St a n d a r d P r o g r a m
for
C o u r s e St u d e n t s
Second Semester
First Semester
Junior Year
EE54 Network Theory
EE56 Engineering Analysis II
ME54 Fluid Mechanics
Elective
EE 53 A. C. Circuit Theory
EE55 Engineering Analysis I
CE51 Mechanics of Materials
ME 51 Thermodynamics I
Senior Year
EE58 Electrical Machinery II
EE60 Electronics II
Technical Elective
Elective
EE57 Electrical Machinery I
EE59 Electronics I
EE61 Field Theory
Elective
t Absent
on leave, 1957-58.
93
EE12 E lectric and M agnetic Circuits.
Spring Semester
The experimental basis of electricity and magnetism; elementary electrostatics
and magnetostatics; voltage, current power, energy. Bilaterial and linear networks
with constant driving voltages. Induced electromotive forces; capacitance and
inductance; elementary problems in ferro-magnetism.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Physics 1 and to be preceded or accompanied by Integral Calculus.
EE51 E lectrical A pparatus .
Pall Semester
Theory of direct-current generators and motors; fundamentals of control for direct
current machines. Topics include flux, generated voltage, armature reaction, com
mutation, torque, speed, voltage and speed regulation, losses, efficiency, and effects
of control on motor characteristics. Relations of simple harmonic electromotive
forces and currents, power, power factor; single phase circuits; polyphase cir
cuits, balanced and unbalanced. The construction, characteristics, and operation
of alternators, induction motors, transformers, synchronous motors.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE12 Electric and Magnetic Circuits.
Spring Semester
A study of the fundamentals of electronics and electronic circuits, control and
regulation devices, particularly those involved in measuring systems and’ in servo
mechanisms; designed primarily for engineering majors.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE51 Electrical Apparatus.
EE52 I nstrumentation and Control .
EE53 A lternating C urrent Circuit T heory .
Fall Semester
A systematic study of single and polyphase electric circuits under steady state
conditions.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE12 Electric and Magnetic Circuits.
EE54 N etwork T heory .
Spring Semester
General network analysis; network theorems; four-terminal networks; filters;
introduction to network synthesis; transmission lines.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: EE53 A.C. Circuit Theory, and EE55 Engineering Analysis I,
or equivalents.
EE55 Engineering A nalysis I.
Pall Semester
Formulation and application of the method of engineering analysis based upon
fundamental physical laws, mathematics, and practical engineering considerations.
Emphasis is placed on the professional approach to the analysis of new, bona
fide engineering problems. A study is made of the common physical and mathe
matical aspects shared by different systems such as mechanical, thermal, electrical
and acoustical. The theory and application of ordinary differential equations is
systematically covered.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: EE 12 Electric and Magnetic Circuits, and Integral Calculus.
94
EE56 E ngineering A nalysis II.
Spring Semester
Further analysis of physical systems, employing the following branches of mathe
matics: Gamma and Bessell functions, Fourier series and other infinite series,
partial differential equations, and boundary value problems, conformal mapping,
dimensional analysis, the Laplace transform.
Three class periods per week.
Prerequisite: EE55 Engineering Analysis I.
EE57 E lbctrical M achinery I.
Fall Semester
Physical aspects of electromechanical energy conversions; conversions and prin
ciples of such conversions; basic concepts of machine performance and the
analysis of rotating electrical machinery and transformers; D-C machines, analy
sis of performance and applications.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE53 A.C. Circuit Theory.
EE58 Electrical M achinery II.
Spring Semester
Synchronous machines, performance, effects of saturation and saliency; poly
phase induction machines; fractional horsepower motors; rotating control de
vices; self-synchronous machines; electrical transients and the .dynamics of
coupled systems.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE57 Electrical Machinery I.
|PI
EE59 E lectronics I.
Semester
A study of the physical principles and circuit behavior of electronic devices, in
cluding vacuum tubes, semiconductor devices, gas tubes, photoelectric devices, etc.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE53 A.C. Circuit Theory, or equivalent.
EE60 E lectronics II.
Further study of the analysis and design of electronic circuits.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE59 Electronics I.
Spring Semester
EE61 Field T heory .
Semester
An analytical study of static electric and magnetic fields, time-varying electro
magnetic fields, wave propagation and reflection, wave guides, antennas.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: EE53 A.C. Circuit Theory, and EE56 Engineering Analysis II, or
equivalents.
EE63 E lectrical I nstrumentation .
Fall Semester
Designed primarily for students in chemistry, biology, psychology, and other
non-engineering fields who may have occasion to use electrical techniques
in their work. Subject matter includes an introduction to the fundamental con
cepts of electricity, electric circuit analysis, electrical measurements, electronic
devices and their application in measurement and control circuits.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Physics 1-2.
Not offered in 1957-58.
95
EE64 Servomechanisms.
Spring Semester
An introduction to automatic control systems using Laplace transform techniques.
System design is studied by means of the Nyquist diagram and the commonly
used frequency response methods. Other topics include compensation networks,
multiple input systems, Nichols charts, etc.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
EE65 Advanced E lectronics.
Fall Semester
Problems relating to electronic information-processing systems. Such topics are
considered as introductory communication theory, modulation systems, noise,
digital devices and circuits, analog circuits, logical design of switching networks.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE60 Electronics II.
EE71 E lectrical E ngineering T hesis. Staff.
An engineering thesis may be substituted for a course or for the examination on
the subject matter covered in a seminar, by special arrangement with the staff
H o n o rs
The four following seminars are offered by the Department to prepare in part for
examinations for a degree with Honors. Students who plan to take honors seminars
in Electrical Engineering should note that Circuit Theory is a desirable preparation
for Electronics (although not a prerequisite if a Seminar in Electricity and Magnetism
has been taken). Adequate training in electrical machinery, and the Circuit Theory
seminar or its equivalent, are prerequisites for the seminar in Servomechanisms. Some
knowledge of A.C. Circuit Theory is a prerequisite for the Machinery Seminar.
101. Circuit T heory .
Transient and steady-state analysis of electrical networks. Mathematical tools
such as complex algebra, matrix algebra, and the Laplace transformation are
used in the study of single and polyphase circuits, network theorems, the gen
eral four-terminal network, electric niters, and transmission lines. An intro
duction to network synthesis from pole and zero locations in the complex plane
is included. The seminar is accompanied by a full-day laboratory.
Not offered in 1957-58.
102. E lectronics .
A study of electronic devices and circuits. Subject matter includes physical
theory of electron tubes, semiconductor devices, and other electronic circuit ele
ments; design of electronic circuits applicable to communications, instrumenta
tion, information processing systems, etc.; transient and steady-state analysis of
electronic circuits and systems; introductory topics in the theory of communi
cation and information; microwave tubes. The seminar is accompanied by a
full-day laboratory.
103. Servomechanisms .
A systematic investigation of the characteristics of closed cycle control systems
and their components. The mechanisms may be any combination of electrical,
thermal, mechanical or hydraulic systems. Synthesis rather than analysis is
stressed thus requiring use of the more powerful methods of the Laplace trans
form, and a study of transfer function loci and equations in the complex domain.
Modern techniques are employed; extensive reading in the literature is expected
of each student. There is one full-day laboratory per week, in addition to the
seminar.
104. M achinery .
An intensive study of the basic aspects shared in common by transformers and
rotating electrical machinery. A further study of the operating characteristics and
the engineering application of electrical machines as specific direct current and
alternating current devices. There is one full-day laboratory per week, in addi
tion to the seminar.
Not offered in 1957-58.
96
H icks Hall, A n Engineering Building
A rthur H o yt Scott A uditorium
M echanical Engineering
P ro fesso r: W
i l l ia m
J. C o p e ,
Chairman
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r : B e r n a r d M
o r r il l
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r : P h i l i p C . P r a g e r
I n s t r u c t o r : T o s h iy u k i F u k u s h im a
The curriculum in Mechanical Engineering is planned to develop the student through
scientific training for positions in manufacturing industries, with organizations engaged
in power production, and in the field of transportation. Eased upon the fundamental
sciences of physics, chemistry, and mathematics, the program aims to provide a
background for the solution of the variety of problems related to the design, con
struction and operation of engineering equipment used in industrial establishments.
The arrangement of courses is intended also to prepare mechanical engineers for such
activities as those which deal with fabrication of products and the eventual assump
tion of managerial responsibilities, as well as research and development work leading
to new products.
Coincident with the need for a broad and fundamental technical training, all of the
engineering profession should be conscious of the impact upon society resulting from
their efforts. To stimulate this awareness, students are encouraged to choose electives
in the Humanities and Social Sciences throughout their undergraduate careers.
St a n d a r d P r o g r a m
Fall Semester
CE51 Mechanics of Materials
EE51 Electrical Apparatus
ME51 Thermodynamics I
EE55 Engineering Analysis
ME53 Thermodynamics III
ME55 Adv. Fluid Mechanics
ME63 Kinematics and Design
Elective
for
C o u r s e St u d e n t s
Spring Semester
Junior Year
EE52 Instrumentation and Control
ME 52 Thermodynamics II
ME54 Fluid Mechanics
Elective
Senior Year
ME62 Adv. Strength of Materials
ME64 Engineering Design
GE51 Industrial Management
Elective
ME51 T hermodynamics I. Mr. Cope.
Energy and first law of thermodynamics; application of general energy equation
to steady-flow and non-flow processes; properties of liquids; vapors, gases, mix
tures; reversible cycles; second law of thermodynamics; entropy.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Integral Calculus.
ME52 T hermodynamics II. Mr. Cope.
Extension of ME51; application of thermodynamic principles to problems in air
conditioning, combustion, steam generation and refrigeration. Analysis of
modem steam power plant cycles, expansion of steam in nozzles and turbines,
energy balance calculations. Introduction to the principles of heat transfer.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: ME51.
97
ME53 T hermodynamics III. Mr. Prager.
Extension of ME51 and ME52; analysis of gas cycles basic to internal combustion
engine practice; behavior of real gases and mixtures; general thermodynamic
equations; combustion of liquid and gaseous fuels; gas compression. Study of
application of fundamental principles as demonstrated in design, test and opera
tion of spark-ignition and compression-ignition engines, gas turbines and com
pressors. Three class periods per week, one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: ME51 and ME52.
ME54 F luid M echanics . Mr. Prager.
An introductory course in fluid statics; kinematics; equation of continuity; steady
flow energy and momentum; dynamics of an ideal fluid; dimensional analysis and
similitude; incompressible flow in closed conduits and compressibility phenomena.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory, each week.
Prerequisites: Integral Calculus, ME51 Thermodynamics.
ME55 A dvanced F luid M echanics . Mr. Fukushima.
Extension of ME54. Theory of fluid mechanics in turbomachinery and jets;
fluid dynamics leading to Navier-Stokes equation, Euler’s equation, potential
theory; one dimensional compressible flow.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: ME54 Fluid Mechanics.
ME62 A dvanced Strength of M aterials. Mr. Fukushima.
Review of stress and strain; torsion; bending; beams on elastic foundations;
thick cylinders; failure of metals under stress; plastic flow; influence of stress
concentration and working stresses.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE55 Engineering Analysis.
ME63 K inematics and D esign . Mr. Morrill.
A study of the complex motions and velocities of machine linkwork and gear
ing; design of cams, screws, fastenings, belts, straight and curved frames, gears
and shafting.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE55 Engineering Analysis, CE51 Mechanics of Materials.
ME64 Engineering D esign . Mr. Morrill.
Extension of ME63; lubrication and bearing design; design of machine assem
blies. Vibration analysis; including dynamics of a particle, single and several
degrees of freedom, beams and shafts, Lagrange equations, vibrations in elastic
media.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: ME63 Kinematics and' Design.
Staff.
W ith departmental approval, an undergraduate may undertake a thesis project
as a portion of the program in the senior year.
ME71 M echanical E ngineering T hesis.
98
H o n o rs
The following five seminars are offered by the Department of Mechanical Engineer
ing as part of the students' preparation for examinations for a degree with Honors.
Students who plan to take Honors seminars should note that Engineering Analysis is
a desirable preparation for the seminars in Strength of Materials, D esip , and Fluì
Mechanics, and that the seminar in Thermodynamics is also a prerequisite for that in
Fluid Mechanics.
ME101 T hermodynamics.
A study of energy and the laws of thermodynamics with emphasis on the broader
aspects of the subject and with applications to a wide variety of systems. The
properties of liquids, vapors, gases and mixtures. Reversible cycles. Analysis or
actual cycles and engineering machines. Introduction to the principles of heat
transfer. The seminar is accompanied by a full day laboratory each week.
ME102 Strength of M aterials.
A comprehensive study at both elementary and advanced levels of stress and
strain in bending, shear and torsion. Elastic deformation; failure under stress,
stress concentration, working stress and limit design. The seminar is accom
panied by a full day laboratory each week.
ME103 M echanical Engineering D esign .
Motion, velocity and acceleration in linkwork and gearing. Design of cams,
fastenings, gears, shafting and frames. Design of elements under rotational
stress. Vibration analysis. Fundamentals of lubrication. Design of machine as
semblies. The seminar is accompanied by a full day laboratory each week.
ME104 F luid M echanics .
Compressible and incompressible subsonic and supersonic fluid flow. Energy and
momentum. Dimensional analysis and similitude. Dynamics of an ideal fluidShock phenomena. Theory of fluid mechanics in turbomachinery and jets. The
seminar is accompanied by a full day laboratory each week.
ME106 T hesis.
An individual thesis project involving some original investigation, analysis, or
experimentation and a report. The exact program to be adjusted to individual
needs.
99
English Literature
P r o fesso r s : G eorge J. B ec k er , Chairman
E v er ett L. H u n t
E l iz a b e t h C o x W r ig h t J
A ssociate P r o fesso r : F redric K lees
A ssistant P ro fesso rs : D avid C o w d e n
D a n ie l G . H o f f m a n
Sa m u e l L. H y n e s
I n s t r u c t o r s : J o h n S. C ollidge
A le x Z w er d lin g
L e c t u r e r : B arbara P earso n L a n g e
This department might more properly be called the Department of Literature in
English, since it offers a study both of literature originally written in the English
language and of works translated from other tongues. Literature is considered as a
fine art, as a cultural record, and as a guide to the student’s interpretation of 'his
own experience in life. The program of courses and seminars comprises four
approaches to the subject: the intensive study of the work of major writers, examina
tion of the literature produced in certain, limited periods, the historical development
of the major literary types, and the grouping of various types or forms on the basis
of their subject matter or point of view. The general purposes of this study are
the broadening of the student’s understanding and enjoyment of literature, the de
velopment of a basis for intelligent criticism, and the provision of a foundation for
further study in the field. Stress is also laid upon accurate reading and writing
through critical explication of texts and criticism of student papers.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
for
M a jo r s
in
C ourse
The work of the major in this department in course normally consists of at least
four full courses in the department, including Modern Literature in the first year,
either Chaucer or Milton in the second year, a full course or two half courses in
one of the types (numbers 21-26 below)1 in the third year, and Shakespeare and the
Senior Conference in the final year. The comprehensive examination at the close of
the senior year is based on this work, but also includes questions on other courses
offered by the department for those prepared in these fields. A reading list in
English and American literature is given to all majors to act as a guide in the
selection of courses and to independent reading in preparation for the Senior Confer
ence. Majors are expected to take a semester’s work in either Fine Arts or Music
and are advised to take a semester’s work in some foreign literature. Students ex
pecting to do graduate work should acquire a reading knowledge in the languages
required by the schools they propose to attend.
t Absent
on leave, 1957-38.
100
C ourses
1. M odern Literature : Introduction to Literary Study. Staff.
Each Semester
An introduction to the critical study of the four principal types of literature:
poetry, drama, novel, and non-fictional prose. The materials are drawn chieny
from modern American literature for the purpose of emphasizing the relationship
of literature to life through the study of works produced from backgrounds
familiar to the student in terms of his own experience.
Prerequisite to all other literature courses offered by the department.
2 P eriod Studibs in English Literature. Staff.
Spring Semester
Application of the methods learned in course 1 to older materials. The period
studied will vary from year to year.
5. Com position . Mr. Coolidge and Mr. Zwerdling.
Each Semester
Training in the writing of non-fictional prose. Designed to meet the require
ments of Engineering and Pre-Medical students. Other students admitted on
the basis of need for this work.
Mr. Coolidge
Spring Semester
The analysis and orderly presentation of large bodies of material in speech and
writing. The work comprises a series of short analytical papers, a research
paper of some magnitude, and a series of argumentative speeches. Admission
only with consent of the instructor.
6. A rgument .
11. M ilton and th e 17t h Century . Mr. Hunt and Mr. Coolidge. Each Semester
Paradise Lost, selections from Milton’s shorter poems, The Old Testament,
Bunyan’s Pilgrim's Progress, and the lyrics of John Donne are read. Study is
made of narrative, epic, and lyric writing, and the relationship of the literature to
the thought of the period.
12. Chaucer . Mr. Klees.
Tall Semester
Reading of Troilus and Criseyde, The Canterbury Tales and some of the minor
poems in the original Middle English, with greater attention to the literary
than to the linguistic aspects.
17. Social Criticism . Mr. Becker.
The reactions of such major figures as Carlyle, Mill, Henry Adams, Bellamy and
Morris to the changed conditions of life after the Industrial Revolution. An at
tempt is made both to analyze the social comment or protest in individual
works and to explore the part that social forces play in modern literature.
Not offered in 1957-58.
21, 22. English P oetry. Mrs. Wright and Mr. Hoffman.
A survey of English poetry from its beginnings, with a study of the principles
of poetic criticism and a detailed examination of the work of two or three poets.
For upperclassmen or second-semester sophomores by permission.
23, 24. T he English N ovel. Mr. Cowden.
The first semester covers the development of the English novel from Fielding
to Trollope with emphasis on the chronicle form prevalent during this period.
In contrast, the second semester emphasizes developments in technique and con
tent from Meredith to the present day. Credit given for either semester, but
students desiring both should take them in the regular sequence.
25. Comedy. Mr. Klees.
Fall Semester
Dramatic comedy in its various forms, English and American, with particular
attention to the Elizabethan, Restoration, and modem periods.
101
Spring Semester
Dramatic tragedy from the Agamemnon trilogy to Death of a Salesman, with
emphasis on Elizabethan and modern American tragedy.
26. T ragedy. Mr. Klees.
31, 32. Literature in A merica . Mr. Hoffman.
A study of the major American writers from Puritan times to the early 20th
century.
For upperclassmen. Either semester may be taken independently.
34. Romanticism . Mr. Becker.
Spring Semester
The general modification of European sensibility as reflected in the literature of
the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries.
35. R ealism . Mr. Becker.
Vail Semester
A study of realism as a literary movement. Beginning with Madame Bovary,
the course traces the development of realistic techniques and concepts in Zola,
in the Russians,- and in American writers such as Norris and Dreiser.
42. Shakespeare . Mr. Klees, Mr. Hynes, and Mr. Zwerdling.
Each Semester
A study of the major plays. Not open to majors in this department.
Spring Semester
An intensive study of a few major modem poets, with emphasis on problems
of interpretation.
Open only to upperclassmen.
43. M odern P oets . Mr. Hynes.
44. H ardy, Conrad, and J oyce. Mr. Cowden.
Spring Semester
An intensive study of these three novelists.
Offered as an alternative to course 24 to upperclassmen who have had course 23.
51-52. Shakespeare . Staff.
Vail Semester
A study of the complete works of Shakespeare, tracing the development of his
craftmanship and ideas. Required of majors in this department, who meet weekly
in small groups during the first semester of the senior year.
53-54. Senior Conference . Staff.
Spring Semester
Group meetings of departmental majors held in the second semester of the
senior year for the purpose of reviewing, integrating, and supplementing the
student’s course program.
G reek Literature in T ranslation (Greek 36).
Latin Literature in T ranslation (Latin 37).
102
W
r it in g a n d
Sp e a k i n g
Students in need of training in Composition may be required to take tutorial work
or to complete Course 5 before entering the junior year.
Instruction in Public Speaking is given weekly, by Mrs. Lange, in a non-credit
course. Students are asked to prepare and deliver formal and informal speeches,
introductions, presentations, and to take part in roundtable discussions. Frequent
recordings of each student are made to aid in self-criticism.
Extra-curricular student groups for practice in creative writing, acting, and debating
meet with members of the departmental faculty.
H o n o rs W o r k
Prerequisites: The course requirements for a major in Honors are the same as for
a major in course, Modern Literature and either Chaucer or Milton. The election
of an additional course in the sophomore year is advised when the schedule permits
it, and The History of England is also recommended.
For admission with a minor in this department, the requirement is one year of
work, including Modern Literature.
Program: Majors in Honors must take four seminars in the department, including
Shakespeare and one of the types seminars from Group II. Minors in Honors may
enroll in any two or three of the seminars offered as may seem best suited to the
purposes of their whole program.
Seminars: The following seminars prepare for examinations for a degree with
Honors.
Group 1
101. Shakespeare . Mr. Becker, Mr. Cowden, and Mr. Hynes.
Each^ H m M I
A study of the mind and art of Shakespeare as dramatist and poet. The emphasis
is on the major plays, with a more rapid reading of the remainder or his work.
Students are advised to read through all of the plays before entering the seminar.
102. M ilton and th e 17th Century . Mr. Hunt.
Milton, Donne, and the poetry of the Bible.
fa ll Semester
103. Chaucer . Mr. Klees.
A study of Chaucer’s poetry and age.
Fall Semester
Group II
104. V ictorian P oetry. Mrs. Wright.
Spring Semester
The basic elements of poetic expression, thought, imagery, and sound are studied
separately, and then brought together in the examination of four long poems.
Not offered in 1957-58.
105. Contemporary P oetry. Mr. Hynes.
Spring Semester
A study of the modern tradition in English and American poetry from Yeats to
the present. The seminar will concentrate on the work of a few major poets,
and will emphasize the development of techniques of analysis and interpretation.
106. D rama . Mr. Klees.
Spring Semester
A study of comedy and tragedy in the Greek, Elizabethan, and modern periods
with a consideration of the various forms these types take from one age to
another.
103
107. N ovel. Mrs. Wright and Mr. Cowden.
Each Semester
Chiefly late 19th century. Principles of aesthetics applied to the novel form are
developed from the study of selected novels outside the Victorian tradition.
109. R enaissance P oetry . Mrs. Wright.
Spring Semester
The method of the seminar is the same as that of the Victorian Poetry seminar,
which is given in alternate years. The poems studied are chosen from the
Spenserian and Metaphysical strains, chiefly of the early seventeenth century.
Not offered in 1957-58.
Group 111
110. M odern Comparative Literature . Mr. Becker. ■
Fail Semester
Using the realistic movement as a starting point, this seminar considers some of
the major themes and philosophic attitudes embodied in recent literature. The
chief figures studied are Flaubert and Zola, Tolstoy and Dostoevsky, Kafka and
Mann, Joyce and Faulkner.
112. Satire. Mr. Coolidge.
Fall Semester
A study of major satirical literature, syith particular attention to philosophical
metaphor and the ironic mode.
Not offered in 1957-58.
114. Romanticism . Mr. Zwerdling.
Fall Semester
The philosophic strain of romanticism as it moves from Continental writers
through such English figures as Wordsworth, Coleridge and Carlyle, and such
Americans as Emerson, Melville, and Whitman.
Not offered in 1957-58.
115. P roblems in A merican Literature . Mr. Hoffman.
Spring Semester
An exploration of the relations between democracy and literature, with a study
of the forms, subjects, and aesthetic premises of selected writings and the
relations of these to the cultural situations in which they were created.
120. T hesis .
This seminar gives training in bibliography, selection of problems for critical
writing, and leads to the presentation of a thesis. Students read and criticise
each other’s work at intervals and confer individually with the instructor.
104
Fine Arts
P ro fesso r: R obert M . W
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r : H
Lecturer: A n n a M
alker,
edley
a r g u e r it e
Chairman
H . R hys
M
cCa n n
The aim of the Department is to study the historical-cultural significance and
aesthetic value of architecture, sculpture, painting and graphic art (prints and
drawings). Methods and problems of criticism are considered: observation, analysis,
interpretation and evaluation. Instruction is given by means of original works of
art as well as by the usual visual aids. Field trips are made to public and private
collections in New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore and Washington and to significant
examples of architecture in those areas.
Since it is the objective of the Department to foster an intelligent comprehension
of the visual arts rather than to train professional artists, no courses in drawing,
painting and sculpture are offered for credit. However, instruction in such work is
available under the extracurricular Arts and Crafts Program.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
and
R e c o m m e n d a t io n s
Prerequisites: Majors in course and majors and minors in honors must take the two
half courses, Fine Arts 1 and 2. For other students the prerequisite for all advanced
courses is one semester of the Introduction to Art History, either Fine Arts 1 or 2.
Fine Arts 11, Design in Drawing and Painting, while not a prerequisite, is recom
mended as a foundation course for other Fine Arts courses and seminars.
Sequence of Courses: Whenever possible, majors will take courses in their numerical
order. For other students courses need not be taken in numerical sequence.
Majors in Course: The program of a major consists of at least eight half courses
(including Fine Arts 1-2) in the' Department. The courses supporting this program
depend on the needs of the individual student and may be found in both the Division
of the Humanities and the Division of the Social Sciences.
Majors and, Minors in Honors: Majors in honors take four seminars in the Depart
ment. In special cases the seminar in Aesthetics may be substituted for one in Fine
Arts. A minor in honors usually consists of two seminars. The seminars offered in
any one semester vary according to the requirements of the students and the con
venience of the Department.
Language Requirements for Graduate Schools: Students are advised that graduate
work in Fine Arts requires a knowledge of French or German.
C o urses
i. Introduction
to
Art H istory. Mr. Walker and Miss McCann.
Fall Semester
Consideration is given in the first four weeks to the basic problems of the nature
of the work of art, the factors of influence upon its conception, formation, and
development (geographic, social, economic, etc.) the principles of value judg
ments, and methods of analysis. A limited number of representative examples
Note: Students other than majors in Fine Arts in course and majors and minors in Fine Arts
in honors may take one semester of the Introduction to Art History, either Fine Arts 1 or 2, as a
perequisite for advanced courses.
105
of architecture, sculpture, and painting are studied within the historical context
of the civilizations and cultural epochs which produced them: Ancient Egypt,
Greece and Rome, and Medieval France.
Three hours of lecture a week and one bi-weekly conference hour.
2. Introduction to Art H istory. Mr. Rhys and Miss McCann. Spring Semester
European and American architecture, sculpture, and painting from the fifteenth
century to the present day are studied from the same points of view and with
the same methods as in the first semester.
Three hours of lecture a week and one bi-weekly conference.
Mr. Rhys.
Fall Semester
The basic elements of design and their function in drawing and painting. Types
of harmony, sequence and balance such as linear, tonal and special. The methods
of design and representation that characterize the various historical styles. Prac
tical exercises required demand no special technical aptitude, since the purpose of
the course is to develop a critical understanding of drawing and painting and
not technical skill.
f t . D esign in D rawing and P ainting .
51. A nc ie n t A rt. Miss McCann.
Fall Semester
The development of the forms of architecture, sculpture and painting as express
ing various cultural patterns of the ancient civilizations of Greece and Rome.
52. M edieval Art . Mr. Walker.
Spring Semester
A study of the relationship between art and society in Europe and the Near
East from the fourth through the fourteenth centuries. This ideas and institutions
which were instrumental in shaping Christian art during its formative stages of
development. Special emphasis is placed on the Romanesque and Gothic periods
in France: the abbey and the cathedral.
53. Italian Renaissance Art . Miss McCann.
Spring Semester
A study of certain aspects of the art of the Renaissance in Italy as expressed in
architecture, sculpture and painting. Emphasis is placed on such great masters as
Donatello, Masaccio, Alberti, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, Michelangelo and
Titian.
54. N orthern Renaissance
and
Baroque P ainting . Mr. Walker.
Spring Semester
Developments in painting and drawing during the fifteenth, sixteenth and seven
teenth centuries in France, the Netherlands, Germany and Spain through the study
of individual artists such as the Van Eycks, Roger van der Weyden, Jean Fouquet,
Dürer, Gruenewald, Holbein, El Greco, Rubens, Rembrandt, Vermeer, Poussin
and Velasquez.
55. M odern P ainting . Mr. Rhys.
Fall Semester
Important stylistic developments in European painting from the French Revolu
tion through Matisse and Picasso: the meanings of the various movements and
their relationship to changing social and political attitudes.
56. A merican Art . Mr. Rhys.
Fall Semester
Architecture, sculpture and painting in North America from the Colonial Period
to the present day, their connection with European art and their significance as a
reflection of American culture.
106
57. M odern Building . Mr. Walker.
Spring Semester
An introduction to the nature of architecture and the function of the architect
through a study of developments in European and American building during the
late nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The specific influence of economic, tech
nological and social changes upon design and structure. Emphasis placed on the
study of original examples in the Philadelphia area and on the work of such
men as Sullivan, Wright, Mies van der Rohe, Gropius and Le Corbusier.
The prerequisite of Fine Arts 1-2 is waived for students in Engineering.
60. Senior Conference . Mr. Walker.
Spring Semester
H o n o r s Sem in a rs
100. M edieval Art . Mr. Walker
Fa// Semester
The development of the forms of Christian art during the Middle Ages, with
special emphasis on the Romanesque and Gothic periods in France: the abbey
and the cathedral.
101. Italian R enaissance P ainting . Mr. Rhys.
Fall Semester
A study and analysis of painting in Italy from Giotto to Titian: the decisive
contributions of the outstanding masters to its stylistic development and its rela
tionship to the Renaissance movement as a whole.
102. N orthern Renaissance. Mr. Walker.
Spring Semester
Developments in painting and the graphic arts of drawing and print making dur
ing the fifteenth century in England, France, the Netherlands, Germany, and
Spain through an intensive study of individual masters such as the Van Eycks,
Roger van der Weyden, Jerome Bosch, Pieter Brughel, Jean Fouquet, Martin
Schongauer, Albrecht Dürer, Hans Holbein, and El Greco.
103. T he Baroque . Mr. Walker.
Fall Semester
Developments in painting and the graphic arts of drawing and print making
during the seventeenth century in Western Europe. Although the role of Italy
in the formation of the Baroque as an international style is studied, special
orientation is found in the individual work of such great masters as Rubens,
Rembrandt, Vermeer, Velasquez, and Poussin.
105. M aster P rint M akers. Mr. Walker.
Spring Semester
A consideration of certain problems in the history of the graphic arts. A study
of the significance of the work of such men as Schongauer, Dürer, Rembrandt,
Goya, Daumier, Munch and Rouault for the development of expression in
the media of the woodcut, engraving, etching, aquatint and lithography. Stu
dents work almost exclusively with original material in the Print Room of the
Philadelphia Museum and the Lessing J. Rosenwald Collection in Jenkintown.
106. P icasso. Mr. Rhys.
Spring Semester
The art of Picasso: its formal and expressive vocabulary; its relationship to
European and non-European artistic traditions; and its place in Twentieth
Century painting.
107. An c ie n t Art . Mr. Walker.
Fall Semester
Classical Greek art and architecture within the art historical context of ancient
civilizations of the Near East.
107
History
P r o f e s s o r s : M a r y A l b e r t s o n , Chairman
P a u l H . B e ik
F r e d e r ic k B . T o l l é s
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r s : J a m e s A . F ie l d , J r . *
D.
La urence
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r s : R o b e r t
P eter
In s t r u c t o r s : J a m es
M.
H a r r is o n
D.
N.
La fo r e l
C ro ss
R ie s e n b e r g }
Brouw er
M.
W
r ig h t
L e c t u r e r : J o h n I. C o d d in g t o n
The introductory courses (1 through 5x) as well as some of the more advanced
courses are designed to familiarize students with contemporary American civilization:
its European backgrounds; England’s influence, particularly through her literature,
her law, and her constitution; and the heritage and the place in the world of the
United States itself. There is another group of courses (11 through 15) which
are intended to introduce history majors as well as majors in other departments to
the understanding of a foreign culture.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
for
and
M a jo r s
R e c o m m e n d a t io n s
and
M
in o r s
History 1-2 should be taken in the freshman year if possible. The work of the
major in Course normally consists of at least six additional half courses in the
department, including one or two half courses in American history, at least one
half course in English history, and Special Topics. The comprehensive examination
includes a choice of questions on the fields of European, English, and American
history. Carefully planned election of related courses in other departments should
begin in the sophomore year, particularly with reference to the prerequisite require
ments of these departments for Honors seminars. Languages most useful to students
of history are French, German, or Latin. A reading knowledge of at least one
of these is required by most graduate schools. History majors are asked to take
Philosophy 1.
The only requirement for acceptance as a major in history at the beginning of
the junior year is successful completion of History 1-2.
t Absent
on leave, 1957-58.
• Absent on leave, fall semester, 1957-58.
108
The department recommends that a Course major in the junior and senior years
group his electives in such a way as to make a coherent program. The department
records the field of special competence of its majors so that the information can
be given in letters of recommendation, etc., when it is desirable; and selection of
questions in the comprehensive examination may be guided by these interests. A
major in history may, for example, be described as a major in history with emphasis
on the social sciences, on American civilization, on international relations, or on
Russian studies.
The student planning to apply for work leading to an Honors degree either as
a major or minor should follow in general the same program as the Course major
during his first two years. He should normally, if he has room for history in his
program during his sophomore year, choose either a half course in American history
(4, 5, 4x, or 5x) or a half course in English history (3 ). If the choice has to be
made between a second course in American history and a first course in English
history, the latter should be chosen.
C ourses
No course open to sophomores covers the same ground as an Honors seminar.
1-2. E urope . All members of the department.
Full Course
One of the basic courses in the curriculum. It is an introduction to the study,
understanding, and use of history for those who do not plan to take any more
courses in history as well as for those who do. It is a prerequisite to all other
work in history except course 61. The course begins with the classical backgrounds
of European civilization and ends with post-war Europe. Sections are small
enough for discussion.
N ote : History 1 may be used to meet part of the requirement of four half courses
in four different departments whether it is taken alone or in combination
with History 2. In certain combinations History l may be given credit without
History 2, if written permission is obtained from the chairman of the department.
lx. A course paralleling History 1-2 in chronology, planned for those who already
have some background in European history.
Not offered in 1957-58.
3. England . Miss Albertson.
Spring Semester
A survey of the history of the English people.
4, 5. T he U nited States Before 1865. Mr. Cross or Mr. Field.
A general course beginning with the history of the colonies, bringing the nar
rative to 1865 at the end of the first half. Either half course may be taken
separately.
4x, 5x. A merican I ntellectual H istory. Mr. Cross or Mr. Tolies.
A course paralleling 4, 5 in chronology, recommended for those who have had
a considerable amount of work in American history.
109
11. T he O ther. A merican R epublics. Mr. Lafore.
The development of Latin America with its European and colonial background.
The emphasis is on Mexico, Brazil, and Argentina. This is recommended for
majors in Spanish as well as for majors in history, and as a general elective.
Not offered in 1957-58.
14. R ussia. Mr. Beik.
Fal1 Semester
' The history of modern Russia. The course begins with the reign of Peter and
gives half its time to the period since the Revolution.
15, 16. T he Expansion of E urope . Mr. Brouwer.
Topics in different aspects of European expansion from the sixteenth century
to the present, with emphasis on the relation between European and nonEuropean factors. Either half course may be taken separately.
The following courses are not open to freshmen and sophomores.
made only on written approval by the chairman of the department.
Exceptions are
52. M odern Britain . Mr. Lafore.
The development of a modern industrial society and welfare state.
Not offered in 1957-58.
53. T he F rench R evolution and N apoleon . Mr. Beik.
The significance of the period of 1789-1815 in the development of modern
European social theories and political institutions.
54. M edieval E urope . Miss Albertson or Mr. Riesenberg.
The history of western Europe from the decline of the Roman empire through
the thirteenth century.
56. A merican D iplomatic H istory. Mr. Field.
Spring Semester
Official United States foreign policy considered as a part of the larger problem
of American participation in world affairs.
Not offered in 1958-59.
57. M odern Europe . All members of the department.
Recent European problems and institutions examined primarily through the
experiences of one nation in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. In 1957-58
the nation studied will be France.
61. Q uakerism . Mr. Tolies.
Spring Semester
The history of the Society of Friends to the present day. The characteristic
religious and social ideas of the Quakers are considered in their historical setting.
Not offered in 1958-59.
62. T he N ear and M iddle East. Mr. Coddington.
The history of this area in modern times.
Not offered in 1958-59.
63, 64. T he F ar E ast.
A general course concerned chiefly with China in the first half, with Japan
in the second half.
Not offered in 1957-58.
110
Spring Semester
65, 66. Special T opics . All members of the department.
For seniors. Individual programs are planned to prepare majors in history for
the comprehensive examinations. The discussion of review problem ,
? p ,
and of reading is conducted in groups and in individual conferences with
members of the department. This may be elected as a single one-semester
course or as a double one-semester course.
H
onors
S e m in a r s
The following seminars are offered by the department to juniors and seniors to
prepare for the examinations for a degree with Honors. They may be taken in any
combination without regard to chronological order. The only prerequisite is History
1-2 except for seminars 102, 103, and 104. For these some work in American history
beyond the secondary school level is also required; this prerequisite may be fulfilled
either by a semester course (History 4, 5, 4x, or 5x) or by special arrangements
made with the instructor of the seminar.
Those who wish to specialize in international relations with a major in history
(see p. 113 last paragraph) should include in their programs at least three of the
following seminars: numbers 103, HO, 116, 117.
The United States
101. Early A merican H istory. Mr. Tolies.
^all Semester
Political, economic, social, and cultural aspects of the period from the explora
tions to the end of the American Revolution.
Not offered in 1958-59.
102. P roblems in A merican H istory. Mr. Gross or Mr. Field.
Selected topics in the history of the United States.
103. P roblems in A merican H istory : Foreign . Mr. Field.
Spring Semester
The United States in the world community: a study of the evolution since
1776 of American policies toward Europe, Latin America, and the Orient,
with emphasis on ideological, economic, and strategic developments.
Not offered in 1958-59.
104. T he Supreme Court . Mr. Cross.
A history of the role played by the Supreme Court in American political,
economic, and social life. The seminar is not designed to anticipate or over
lap the courses in constitutional law offered in law schools.
England and the Commonwealth
106. M edieval England . Miss Albertson.
From 1066 to 1485. Social and political origins, the development of representa
tive institutions and of the Common Law.
107. T udor and Stuart England . Miss Albertson.
The English Renaissance and Reformation, constitutional theory, the Gvil War
and the Restoration.
Mr. Lafore.
The nineteenth century.
Not offered in 1957-58.
109. M odern England .
Ill
1X0. T he British E m pire . Mr. Wright.
Spring Semester
A study of the empire from sixteenth century origins to the present. Special
attention is paid to the growth of the "second empire” and the internal history
of the members of the present commonwealth.
Europe
111. M edieval Europe . Mr. Riesenberg.
The civilization of the twelfth and thirteenth centuries in continental Europe.
112. T he Renaissance and Reformation . Miss Albertson.
Continental Europe from the fourteenth to the seventeenth centuries.
114. E urope 1760 to 1870. Mr. Beik.
The disintegration of the old regime and the rise of liberalism.
115. Europe 1870 to 1939: M odern E urope . Mr. Coddington or Mr. Lafore.
Political and social changes in western Europe which preceded the second
world war.
116. Europe since 1870: D iplomatic H istory. Mr. Lafore.
,
The management of international affairs and problems.
Not offered in 1957-58.
117. Europe since 1870: Eastern Europe . Mr. Beik.
The origins and consequences of the Russian Revolution and of the formation
of the succession states.
T hbsis (120)
A thesis may be substituted for one of the Honors examinations by special per
mission of the department. The topic should be selected and approved by the end of
the junior year.
G raduate W ork
The department of History offers work leading to the Master’s degree for graduate
students who wish to use the research resources of the Friends Historical Library
for a thesis. In addition to the thesis the candidate normally takes three Honors
seminars. For the general regulations concerning the Master’s degree see p. 64.
112
International Relations
Students who plan to enter upon a career in the field of international relations
should include in their programs, during the first two years, the introductory courses
in economics, history, and political science and should complete the intermediate
course in one or more modern languages.
Advanced courses selected from the groups listed below may be incorporated in
the programs of students who do their major work in economics, history, political
science, or a modern language.
Those students who wish to concentrate in international relations may take their
Senior Comprehensive Examination in this field. Students preparing for this examina
tion should take eight, nine, or ten half courses from among those listed below,
including all of those listed in Group I, one or more in Group II, and one or
more in Group III. The examination is administered by a committee appointed
by the chairmen of the Departments of Economics, History, and Political Science,
under the Chairmanship of the Department of Political Science.
Group l
Political Science 12. I nternational P olitics.
Political Science 13. I nternational Law and O rganization
Political Science 57-58. A merican F oreign P olicy
Economics 60. I nternational Economics
Group II
History 11. T he O ther A merican R epublics
History 14. R ussia
History 62. T he N ear and M iddle East
Group III
Political
Political
Political
Political
Science
Science
Science
Science
15.
19.
20.
59.
Comparative G overnment
T h e Soviet System
F ar Eastern ‘Politics
M odern P olitical T heory
Students who plan to enter the Honors program will find it possible to select a
similar combination of courses and seminars in the field of international relations. In
planning such programs, they should consult with the chairmen of their prospective
major departments.
113
Mathematics
P ro fesso r: H
e in r ic h
B r in k m a n n ,
Chairman
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r : P h i l i p W . C a r r u t h
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r s : E d g a r R . M
D
a v id
u l l in s ,
Jr.
R o sen
Pure mathematics is an abstract subject and may be looked upon as the model of a
deductive science. On the other hand, the subject matter of mathematics has for the
most part arisen out of concrete applications to the physical sciences, among which
geometry occupies a central position. The courses offered in the department of
Mathematics attempt to combine these points of view and to give a picture of the
power and beauty of the subject when studied for its own sake, as well as its many
relations to other fields of thought. The study of mathematics is essential as a
tool for the understanding of the principles of the physical sciences and engineering;
a knowledge of its techniques is indispensable for a successful pursuit of these
subjects. The same is becoming increasingly true in the biological sciences and in
some of the social sciences.
For students who intend to major in mathematics in course, the normal sequence
of courses is the following: Freshman year, courses 3-4; Sophomore year, courses
11-12; Junior and Senior years, two half-courses selected each year from courses
13, 14, 51, 52, 54. The completion of Physics 1-2 is strongly recommended.
In order to be admitted to honors seminars in mathematics, either as a major or
as a minor, a student must have completed courses 11-12. An honors student whose
major is mathematics must also take Physics 1-2; it is furthermore highly desirable
that he have a reading knowledge of French or German. A junior honors student
will normally take the seminars in Advanced Calculus and Differential Equations;
these seminars are offered each year. The remaining seminars are usually taken by
senior students and are offered as they are required.
1-2. Introduction to M athematics.
Full Course
The purpose of this course is to acquaint the student with the principles and
some of the fundamental concepts of mathematics. While a part of the course
will deal with the ideas and applications of elementary calculus, other funda
mental concepts of mathematics will also be considered, and in particular appro
priate material from algebra and trigonometry will be studied. An introduction
to statistics and probability will be given as an application. The course is suit
able for a terminal course in mathematics, particularly for students in the social
sciences. It may also be used as a prerequisite for further work in mathematics,
and should be taken by those students intending further study of mathematics
who do not have the preparation necessary for courses 3-4.
3-4. First Y ear M athematics.
Full Course
The subject matter of these courses consists of calculus combined with appro
priate material from analytic geometry. It will normally be followed by courses
11-12 and should be taken by students intending to do their major work in
mathematics, the physical sciences, or engineering. Good preparation, including
a thorough course in trigonometry, is required as preparation for this course.
114
Full Course
§
In this course the student continues the study of the calculus begun in Ma matics 3-4; certain topics from algebra and analytic geometry are also j g f t j g «
The course forms a necessary basis for any further work in mathematics and
is essential for an understanding of the fundamentals of physics and other
sciences, as well as engineering. The two halves of this course cannot be taken
separately.
Prerequisite: Courses 3-4.
M
13. H igher G eometry .
. ,
Semester
Various kinds of geometry (mostly in the plane) will be studied in this course,
using both analytic and synthetic methods. A large part of the work will deal
with projective geometry and its relation to metric and other geometries. T
conic sections will be studied in some detail.
Prerequisites: Courses 11-12.
14. H igher A lgebra.
Spring Semester
The purpose of this course is to introduce the student to some of the abstract
ideas that are fundamental in the subject of algebra as well as to extend his
knowledge of certain algebraic techniques. Among the subjects studied are.
Number systems, fields and their algebraic extensions, matrices and determinants,
the solution of algebraic equations, systems of linear equations.
Prerequisites: Courses 11-12.
51. Advanced Analysis I.
Fal? Semester
This course deals with the differential calculus of functions of several variables
and its geometric applications, multiple integrals, line and surface integrals,
improper integrals and infinite series. The treatment is sufficiently rigorous to
strengthen the student’s understanding of the principles of the calculus. Appli
cations to the physical sciences are given whenever possible.
Prerequisites: Courses 11-12; these courses must be passed with a grade of
C or better.
52. A dvanced Analysis II.
Spring Semester
This course is a continuation of Mathematics 51. _ Some of the topics studied
are: Ordinary Differential Equations, with applications; Infinite Series, Im
proper Integrals and the Gamma Function.
Prerequisites: Courses 11-12, 51.
54. P robability and Statistics.
Spring Semester
This course deals with the mathematical theory of statistics, based upon a study
of the theory of probability. An introduction to the theory of sampling and
statistical inference will be given.
Prerequisites: Courses 11-12, 51 (Course 51 may be taken concurrently).
55. Senior Conference .
Spring Semester
A weekly meeting held for the purpose of integrating and supplementing the
course program of majors in this department.
60. Reading Course in M athematics .
This course is to provide an opportunity for students to do special work in
fields not covered by the undergraduate courses, listed above. The work consists
in the preparation of papers requiring extensive and detailed examination of the
literature of a problem.
Note: Courses 51 and 52 may be presented for an Honors examination as part
of an Honors program.
115
H
onors
S e m in a r s
F all Semester
The subject matter of this seminar includes the differential calculus of functions
of several variables, the elements of vector analysis, multiple integrals, line and
surface integrals, improper integrals, infinite series, uniform convergence of
infinite processes. The treatment of these various subjects is sufficiently detailed
to give the student an introduction to the rigorous processes of analysis.
101. Advanced C alculus.
Spring Semester
This seminar continues the study of the topics listed under the seminar in Ad
vanced Calculus. It also includes a formal treatment of ordinary differential
equations and their applications to various types of problems. This is followed
by a study of existence theorems for ordinary differential equations, certain classi
cal linear differential equations, Fourier series and a brief introduction to boun
dary value problems of certain partial differential equations of the second order.
102. D ifferential E quations .
103. Statistics and P robability.
The purpose of this seminar is to give the mathematical background necessary
for an understanding of the mathematical analysis of statistical data. In addition
the modern development of this subject provides a valuable application of the
concepts and techniques acquired in the study of advanced calculus. The topics
treated include: the axiomatic approach, the use of Stieltjes integrals, correlation
and regression, some special distributions, sampling theory and a short introduc
tion to the theory of statistical estimation.
104. M odern A lgebra.
This seminar deals with the theoretical properties of such formal systems as
groups, rings, fields and vector spaces. While these concepts will be illustrated
by many concrete examples, the emphasis will be on the abstract nature of the
subject; the student will thus be introduced to an important aspect of modern
mathematics. Among the specific topics to be studied are the algebra of matrices,
of classes and of ideals.
105. T heory of F unctions of a Com plex V ariable.
A brief study of the geometry of complex numbers is followed by a detailed
treatment of the Cauchy theory of analytical functions of a complex variable.
Various applications are given and some special classes of functions, such as
elliptic functions, are studied. Analytic continuation and the theory of Weierstrass are briefly considered.
106. T heory of N umbers .
Among the subjects studied in this seminar are: Elementary properties of integers,
the congruence relation, quadratic residues, quadratic forms, certain classical
Diophantine equations, simple examples of fields of algebraic numbers.
107. D ifferential G eometry .
The subject of this seminar is the metric differential geometry of curves and
surfaces in three dimensional space.
108. Symbolic Logic.
This seminar is given by the Department of Philosophy. A description of it will
be found under the offerings of that department. It may be presented as part of
the Mathematics program in Honors.
116
Modern Languages and Literatures
Chairman (French) f
(French)
H il d e D. C o h n (German)
F r a n z H. M a u t n e r (German)
J a m e s D. S o r b e r (S p a n is h )
P r o f e s s o r s : E d it h P h i l i p s ,
H
arold
M arch
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r s :
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r s : F r e d e r ic G r o v e r ( F r e n c h )
J u s t u s R o s e n b e r g (German
E l is a A s e n s io
J e a n n e T h e is W
Lecturers: O
lga
and Russian)
(Spanish)
h it a k e r
(F re n c h ) *
L a n g ( R u s s ia n )
J e a n A s h m e a d P e r k in s ( F r e n c h )
A s s is t a n t :
N
ic o l e
T is s o t C r o s b y ( F r e n c h )
The department of modem languages and literatures aims to give its majors a
comprehensive view of the literature and culture represented by these languages m
relation to other humanistic studies. Courses are conducted in the language of the
literature being studied, and progress in the language is always one of the aims.
The elementary and intermediate courses are designed to prepare the students for
advanced work in literature as well as to meet college and departmental requirements.
It is not impossible, with some extra reading, to major or to enter honors seminars
in a language started in college. Prerequisites and recommended subjects for majors
are noted under the listing of each language section.
French
All students offering French for entrance are placed at the level where they
will presumably profit best by the course, according to their rating in the College
Entrance Examination or a test given by the department.
French may be offered as a major in course or as a major or minor in honors work
Prerequisites and recommended supporting subjects are the same for both course and
honors students and are as follows:
Required:
French 11, 12 Introduction to Literature, or evidence of equivalent work.
French 5 Advanced Composition and Diction.
Recommended supporting subjects:
History of France, History of Modern Philosophy, Psychology, courses in other
literatures, Fine Arts.
Majors are expected to speak French with sufficient fluency to take part in discussion
in courses and seminars in the language and to pass an oral comprehensive or oral
honors examination in French.
N ote : All advanced courses are not offered every year. Students wishing a major
or minor in French should plan their course carefully in advance with the department
in order to get a well rounded program.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1957-58.
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1957-58.
117
C ourses
1-2. E lementary French .
For students who begin French in College. Equivalent to two years’ French in
high school. The initial approach is oral but a foundation is laid for a reading
knowledge. No credit is given for Frence 1 alone; Both courses oifered each
semester.
3,4. I ntermediate French .
For students who have had French 1-2 or its equivalent (2 years’ French in high
school). Students who have had three years in high school usually enter
French 4. Grammar is reviewed. Reading is from contemporary literature in
French editions without notes or vocabulary. Every effort is made to help the
student to increase his vocabulary and to discuss what he has read in the French
language. Completion of French 4 satisfies the language requirement. The
normal course to follow French 4 is French 11. (Both courses are offered
each semester.)
5,6. Advanced Composition and D iction . .
For those who intend to major in French or who wish an advanced course in
which the emphasis is not primarily literary. An effort is made to correct faulty
pronunciation and to improve self-expression in the language, both oral and
written.
l l , 12. I ntroduction to Literature .
In Course 11 the transition is made from reading as an aid to language learning
to the consideration of literary values. The material is selected from classics of
the nineteenth century, but it is not a systematic survey course. Prerequisite:
French 4 or equivalent.
In Course 12 the treatment is more historical with selected readings in Larousse
editions from Rabelais to Rousseau. (Both courses are offered each semester.)
14. P rose de la Renaissance.
Readings from Rabelais, Calvin, Montaigne.
15. L’Age de Louis XIV.
Selected prose and poetry of the seventeenth century exclusive of the theater.
16. Les "P hilosophes .”
Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot and Rousseau; their contribution to the develop
ment of the ideas on art, literature and society which characterize the French
eighteenth century.
17. T héâtre Classique.
The plays of Corneille, Racine and Molière and the growth of the classic ideal in
French literature.
21. Littérature du M oyen A ge.
Readings from medieval literature in modern French translations.
22. Roman M oderne .
Representative novelists from Balzac to Proust.
24. M alraux, Sartre, Camus, M auriac.
Neo-humanism and contemporary tendencies.
118
25. Le Roman au 17* et 18* Siècles .
Selected novels before Balzac.
30. H istory of I deas.
Ideological background of modern literature.
51. Special T opics.
(Given in English.)
(For senior m ajors).
Readings selected to fit the needs of individual seniors and to supplement their
selection of courses. Not designed to prepare for any specific type of compre
hensive examination but to give an opportunity in the senior year for the student
to see his courses in perspective and to see possible relationships with work in
other fields.
H o n o rs Sem in a rs
100. Littérature du M oyen Age .
Old French readings in lyric poetry, theater and fiction.
101. La Renaissance en France .
Rabelais, Calvin, Montaigne, Ronsard et la Pléiade.
102. Le T h é Atre Classique.
Corneille, Racine, Molière.
103. Le Siècle des P hilosophies .
Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau.
104. Balzac, Stendhal , F laubert, P roust .
106. P oésie M oderne .
Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Verlaine, Mallarmé, Claudel, Verlaine, Valéry.
107. M odern E uropean Literature .
(Given in English.)
Four or five selected authors from German, French, English and Russian literature.
108. Le Roman du 20* Siècle .
While some honors seminars treat the same subject matter as the courses, the read
ing required is more extensive both in the texts and in critical material. The work
of a seminar corresponds to two half courses.
119
German
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r s : H il d e D . C o h n
Franz H . M autner
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r : J u s t u s R o s e n b e r g
All students offering German for entrance are placed at the level where they can
presumably profit best by the course, according to their rating in the College Entrance
Examination or a test given by the department.
German may be offered as a major in course or as a major or minor in honors work.
Prerequisites and recommended supporting subjects are the same for both course and
honors students and are as follows:
Required:
German 11-12. Introduction to German Literature.
Recommended supporting subjects:
An advanced course in German literature, Shakespeare, Modern Philosophy,
Psychology, Fine Arts, courses in other literatures, History of Germany.
As far as possible German is the language of the classroom in all advanced courses
and seminars. Since not all advanced courses and seminars are offered every year,
students wishing a major or minor in German should plan their courses carefully
in advance with the department in order to get a well rounded program.
1-2. E lementary G erman .
For students who begin German in college. Equivalent of two years’ secondary
school preparation. Fundamentals of German and easy literary prose such as
Schnitzler: Der blinde Geronimo.
3. I ntermediate G erman .
Prerequisite: German 1-2 or two years’ secondary school preparation. Review
grammar and narrative and expository prose of average difficulty such as Hesse:
Knulp; Schweitzer: Leben und Denkett.
4. I ntermediate G erman .
Fulfills the college requirement for all students who wish to learn reading and
speaking. Literary narrative, drama, poetry, expository prose of greater difficulty.
Prerequisite: German 3 or equivalent.
6 . W riting and Speaking G erman .
Composition and conversation.
Prerequisite: Course 3-4 or equivalent.
7-8. E lementary G erman (S pecial Reading Course ).
A special reading course designed for those who wish to acquire a reading knowl
edge of German in a single year. German 7-8 may be used to fulfill the require
ments of certain departments or of graduate schools, but not to satisfy the college
foreign language requirement.
11,12. I ntroduction to G erman Literature .
A study of representative German authors; reading and discussion of dramas,
novellen, and lyric poems. Not a survey course. Writing of critical reports.
Prerequisite: German 4 or equivalent.
120
readings from representative autnors sucn « « u v u » ,
Eichendorff. Lectures, discussion, papers in German.
Prerequisite: Course 11-12 or equivalent.
*4, T vr nsiTTsrHF N ovelle von G oethe bis T homas M a n n .
european
m e ta u u w .
Keller, Storm, Thomas Mann.
15. D ie G oethe -Zeit .
i
Goethe, Schiller and their contemporaries.
studied.
,
The most significant works will be
17. G oethes Faust , der T ragoedie Erster und Z w eiter T eil .
An intensive study of Faust I, and II. Also for students who only know Faust,
Part One.
18. M oderne D eutsche Literatur .
A study of leading German writers of the twentieth century including Gerhart
Hauptmann, Thomas Mann, Rainer Maria Rilke, Hofmansthal. Lectures, dis
cussion, papers.
Prerequisite: Course 11-12 or equivalent.
20. D ie D eutsche Lyrik .
A critical study of German poetry from the classical age to the present time.
The interrelation of form and "contents.” Reading will include, among others,
Goethe, Schiller, Hölderlin, Eichendorff, Heine, Mörike, Meyer, George, Rilke.
H o n o rs W ork
The following seminars prepare for examinations for a degree with Honors. Those
actually given in any year vary according to the choices of the students and the con
venience of the department.
101. M iddle H igh G erman Literature and P hilology .
Introduction into Indo-European and Germanic philology and phonetics. Out
line of development of the German language. Middle High German grammar.
Brief survey of Old and Middle High German literature. Reading of MHG
texts in the original, especially Nibelungenlied, Wolfram’s Parzival, and Walther
von der Vogelweide.
102. T h e A ge of Luthbr .
Study of literary, historical, sociological and religious problems of the sixteenth
century. Reading of outstanding authors of the period, such as Luther, Hans
Sachs, Brant, Hutten, Fischart. A course or seminar in History of the Reforma
tion is recommended as preparation for this seminar.
103. D eutsches Barock und A ufklaerung .
A study of German literature in the seventeenth and early eighteenth centuries.
The reforms of Opitz, the lyric poetry of the period, the mysticism of Angelus
Silesius and Jakob Bohme, the plays of Gryphius, and the prose_of Grimmelshausen; a study of Lessing in his most important dramas and critical writing.
104. G o e the .
Goethe’s most significant works and his rôle in German intellectual history will
be studied.
121
105. D ie D eutsche Rom antik .
Romanticism as the dominant movement in German literature and thinking of the
first half of the nineteenth century.
106. D ie Literatur des "R ealismus” .
Studies in the works of Grillparzer, Hebbel, Ludwig, Keller, Meyer, and Storm,
and other writers of the drama, novel, and "Novelle” in the second half of the
nineteenth century.
107. D eutsche Literature Seit 1900.
The chief writers from naturalism to expressionism: Gerhart Hauptmann’s
dramas; Thomas Mann’s prose; Rainer Maria Rilke’s poetry; Hugo von Hof
mannsthal’s prose and poetry; Kafka, Brecht.
108. D as D eutsche D rama .
Representative examples of the dramatic genre in German literature from the end
of the 18th century to the present.
130. Linguistic Science . (In cooperation with other departments in the Division
of the Humanities.)
The most important problems of Linguistics, e.g., sound change, changes in
accidence and syntax, semantic changes, geographical distribution and relation of
languages. Indo-European, English, and American language problems. Relation
ship between linguistics and psychology. Some knowledge of German, French,
Latin, or Greek is desirable, reading knowledge of at least one foreign language
required. Students who know non-Indo-European languages are especially wel
come. The seminar is conducted in English.
Russian
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r :
J ustu s R osen berg
L ec tu r er : O lga La n g
Courses in the Russian language may be used to fulfill the college’s foreign language
requirement. A major in Russian language and literature may be obtained by taking
the courses listed below and additional courses offered at Bryn Mawr College.
These courses are part of the Russian Studies program offered at Bryn Mawr, Haverford, and Swarthmore Colleges (see p. 149).
Full Course
Vocabulary and grammar. Oral and written translations from English into
Russian and vice versa. Vocabulary building. Reading of short stories. Books:
Essentials of Russian (Prentice-Hall), Stories by Lermontoff and Pushkin (Heath
series). Five hours a week.
1-2. E lementary R ussian .
3, 4. I ntermediate Russian .
Review of grammar with special emphasis on use of prepositions, verb forms,
numerals. Short area study, geography and history of Russia to the revolution
of 1917. Advanced reading and composition. Books: Essentials of Russian
(Prentice-Hall), Russian Area Reader (Ronald Press).
122
Spanish
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r : J a m e s D . So r b e r
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r : E l is a A s e n s io
All students offering Spanish for entrance are placed at the level where they will
presumably profit best by the course according to their rating in the College Entrance
examination or a test given by the department.
Spanish may be offered as a major in course or as a major or minor in honors
work. Prerequisites and recommended supporting subjects are the same for both
course and honors students and are as follows:
Required: Spanish 11-12 Introduction to Literature.
Recommended supporting subjects:
Introduction to Philosophy, Psychology, English or other foreign or classic
literature, Fine Arts, South American History.
Majors are expected to speak Spanish with sufficient fluency to take part in dis
cussion in courses and seminars in the language and to pass an oral comprehensive
or oral honors examination in Spanish.
C ourses
1-2. E lementary Spanish .
For students who begin Spanish in college. Equivalent to two years’ Spanish
in high school. The emphasis is both on the spoken language and on reading.
3,4. I ntermediate Spanish .
For students who have had Spanish 1-2 or its equivalent (two years in high
school). Students who have had three years usually enter Spanish 4. Grammar
is reviewed. Reading is from Spanish and South American literature with em
phasis on increasing the student’s vocabulary and his ability to discuss his read
ing in oral and written Spanish.
9. Advanced Composition and D iction .
For majors and others who wish an advanced course in which the emphasis is
not primarily literary. An effort is made to correct faulty pronunciation and
to improve self expression in the language both oral and written.
11,12. I ntroduction to Spanish Literature .
Representative texts of modern Spanish and Latin American writers.
in Spanish with frequent written work in Spanish.
Conducted
13. E l T eatro M oderno .
Plays of the major Spanish writers in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
14. La N ovela H ispanoamericana .
Representative novelists from Mármol in Argentina to Revueltas in Mexico.
15,16. Las O bras de C ervantes.
Novelas ejemplares. The Quixote. (A year course giving a thorough study of
Cervantes. The first semester may stand alone.)
123
18. La N ovela e n Los Siglos XIX y XX.
Outstanding novelists from Romanticism to the present.
20. Special T opics for Senior M ajors .
Readings selected to fit the needs of seniors and to supplement their selection of
courses. Not designed to prepare for any specific type of comprehensive exam
ination, but to give an opportunity in the senior year for the student to see his
courses in perspective and to see possible relationships to work in other fields.
Sem in a rs
101. La N ovela H ispanoamericana .
102. La N ovela Española D el Siglo XIX.
103. Las O bras de Cervantes.
104. E l T eatro M oderno .
105. P oesía, T eatro y N ovela D bl Siglo de O ro .
N ote : While the titles of seminars in Spanish correspond to the titles of courses, honors students
read more extensively both in the texts and critical work. The work of a seminar corresponds to
that of two half courses.
124
Music
P r o fesso r : A l fred J. Sw a n , Chairman
A ssistant P r o fesso r : P e t e r G ram Sw in g
L e c t u r e r : W illia m H . R eese
The Department of Music is concerned with a broad outlook on the history of mu
sic an appreciation of music based on intelligent listening, a knowledge of the music
of particular periods and forms, and a stimulation of creative work by classes m ele
mentary composition and by the supervision of free composition by more advanced
students.
The courses outlined below fall into two categories. Historical courses serve to
acquaint students with representative compositions from the early Christian era to
modem times, and to train them in procedures of analysis that will equip them for
historical research. Theoretical courses are designed to give the student a working
basis in the materials of music and analysis as well as to prepare him for essays
in free composition. Courses in both categories are devised so as to serve in the
more elementary stages every music lover, and in the later stages the more specialized
student who may desire to make music his profession.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
and
R e c o m m en d a tio n s
Music majors in Course or Music majors and minors in Honors will be directed
along these two channels with emphasis on one or the other, in rarer instances on
both. The minimum requirement for a major in Music is eight half-year courses, four
in theory or composition and four in history. (Under certain conditions a student
may be permitted to take six half-year courses in history plus two in theory). Majors
in course will normally be required to take ten half-year courses; majors in Honors
four half-year courses plus four seminars. Candidates for a minor in Honors are re
quired to meet the same standards of preparation demanded of a candidate for a
major in Honors.
Music 1-2 and 11-12 are required for all music majors. They should be taken no
later than the Sophomore year and must be passed with a grade of B or higher.
Music 61-62 is required for all students concentrating in music history. It will be
offered every other year and should thus be taken either in the Junior or Senior year.
Other upper-level history courses will be offered periodically and students concentrat
ing in music history will select a minimum of two such courses.
Music 71-72 is conducted for composers who have advanced in free composition
for the purpose of reviewing, integrating and supplementing their work especially in
the larger forms.
It is recommended that music majors possess skill in playing a keyboard instrument
and that they participate in the chorus or orchestra.
125
History of Music
1, 2. T he H istory of M usic in W estern G vilization . Mr. Swing.
This course has two main objectives: to teach students to listen intelligently to
music and to acquaint them with representative works from successive periods of
music history, thereby furnishing the basis for a growing and life-long interest
in music. Open to all students.
Music 1 is a prerequisite for Music 2.
25. T he H istory of Russian M usical Culture . Mr. Swan.
This semester course is given, from time to time, for students who have taken
Music 1-2, or those who are generally interested in the Russian Studies Program.
27. M otet and M adrigal in T udor E ngland . Mr. Swing.
Fall Semester
This course has as its objective the study of form and style as applied to a
particular corpus of music. It aims to train the student in analytical procedures
that can be used in the study of all choral music. While examples will be
drawn primarily from Tudor sources, contemporary Italian and Flemish compo
sitions will also be examined. Major emphasis will be given to performance in
class; therefore students will be expected both to read vocal scores and to sing
(or play) parts with proficiency. The course is open to students with the
consent of the instructor.
Not offered in 1957-58.
28. M ozart. Mr. Swing.
Spring Semester
A study of representative works in the light of modern criticism.
Not offered in 1957-58.
29. J. S. Bach . Mr. Swing.
Fall Semester
A study of representative works in different genres with particular emphasis
on choral works (including the Mass in B minor).
Prerequisite: Music 1-2 (or the equivalent).
31. H istory of O rchestration .
Not offered in 1957-58.
32. H istory of th e String Q uartet . Mr. Swing.
Spring Semester
A study of the string quartet with emphasis on its development as a genre.
Representative works from the classic, romantic and modern period will be
studied and, whenever possible, performed in class. Open to students with the
consent of the instructor.
53-54. M odern M usic . Mr. Swan.
Full Course
A study of the entire modern field, by schools and distinct characteristics. Con
ducted as a seminar with frequent recourse to original sources, such as state
ments, messages and rare scores by living composers, and also with occasional par
ticipation by visiting musicians.
61-62. P roblems in M usic H istory. Mr. Swing.
Full Course
This course will select certain periods in music history for study and comparison.
Emphasis will be given to analysis of musical structure and style with the study
of primary and secondary sources (theoretical works, criticism, letters, etc.),
brought in where appropriate. Open to students with the consent of the instruc
tor.
126
H o n o rs Sem in a rs
127. M otet and M adrigal in T udor England .
128. M ozart.
129. J. S. Bach.
131. H istory of O rchestration .
132. H istory of th e String Q uartet .
153. M odern M usic, P art l.
Fall Semester
154. M odern M usic, P art 2.
Spring Semester
161. Problems in M usic H istory, P art 1.
162. P roblems in M usic H istory, P art 2.
Fall Semester
Spring Semester
Theory and Composition
11-12. Elementary M usic T heory . Mr. Reese.
Full Course
This course deals with the general foundations of the musical languagescales, intervals, rhythm, formation of melodic patterns and their notation—and
leads to elementary chord formation. Ear training is an important factor
throughout the course.
Mr. Swan.
Full Course
After practice in melodic patterns—the invention of his own canti firmi— the
student applies to them imitational devices (two and three part imitation).
Harmonization is taken up simultaneously. From short vocal compositions in
motet form the student passes to trios for strings or wind, or combinations with
piano. A pianistic exposition in abbreviated sonatina form may be attempted at
the end of the year.
21, 22. E lementary M usic Com position .
51, 52. Advanced M usical Com position . Mr. Swan.
71, 72. T utorial . The Staff.
H o n o r s S e m in a r s
151. Advanced M usical Composition , P art 1.
152. Advanced M usical Composition , P art 2.
171. T utorial .
127
Fall Semester
Spring Semester
Philosophy and Religion
P ro fesso rs : R ichard B. B r a n d t ! Chairman
J o h n M . M o o re
A ssociate P r o fe sso r : M o n r o e C. B eardsley
A ssistant P r o fe sso r : M ic h a e l S criven
I n s t r u c t o r s : J er o m e A. Sh a f f e r
P. L in w o o d U r ba n
L e c t u r e r : G ilm o r e St o t t
V isitin g L e c t u r e r : G regory V lastos
The study of philosophy consists in examining the beliefs to which one is com
mitted by accepting scientific knowledge and common-sense views of the world;
clarifying basic concepts; determining the circumstances under which statements may
properly be said to be true in all fields of human inquiry and concern, including
ethical and aesthetic discourse; and drawing the outlines of an account of human
experience coherent with the evidence of the sciences. Because of the role of phil
osophy in the history of human thought, and because of the relation of philosophical
ideas to problems in other fields, philosophy may be studied as instrumental to the
understanding of wider areas of history or thought.
Religion is studied primarily as a system of ideas, both ethical and theological:
systematically, through a consideration of representative forms of contemporary relig
ious thought; and historically, through an examination of the great religions and the
development of religion, particularly of the Judaeo-Christian tradition.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
for
and
M a jo r s
R e c o m m e n d a t io n s
and
M in o rs
The minimum prerequisite to admission as a major in either philosophy or religion
will normally be the completion of one year's work in the department. Students who
major in philosophy must obtain permission in order to count for credit in fulfillment
of their major rejuirement more than one course in religion; and students who major
in religion must obtain permission in order to count for credit in fulfillment of their
major requirement more than one course in philosophy. (Course 25 may be counted
either as a course in philosophy or as a course in religion.) As supporting material
for a major program in philosophy, the department recommends work in psychology.
1. I ntroduction to P hilosophy . The Staff.
Each Semester
Several of the most important problems of philosophy, and alternative answers
to them, are discussed. Typical examples are: the problem of free will, the
arguments for the existence of God, the nature of logic and mathematics, the
sources and kinds of knowledge, the justification of ethical judgments.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1957-58.
128
3-4. P hilosophical Classics. Mr. Beardsley and Mr. Shaffer.
Full Course
The major problems of philosophy are approached through study of some of
the great philosophical literature of the West. Plato’s Republic, Descartes’ Medi
tations, and Hume’s Dialogues Concerning Natural Religion will be read in
their entirety; and selections will be read from Aristotle, Lucretius, Aquinas,
Hobbes, Berkeley, Locke, J. S. Mill, and others. Students who take Course 1
may not elect Course 3-4.
N ote : Either Course 1 or Course 3-4 is a prerequisite for any other course in
philosophy. Other courses may be taken in any order that is convenient. Members
of the department will offer advice on request concerning an order of courses to suit
individual needs. Students planning to do honors work should not take courses
dealing with material to .be covered in honors seminars.
m
Mr. Stott.
Each Semester
A study of the principal theories that have been offered about moral decisions
and their justification. Attention is paid to systematic differences in types of
theories, but the method of study consists of a critical reading of the works of
leading ethical philosophers including Plato, Aristotle, Hume, Kant, and Bentham.
Ethics.
12. Logic. Mr. Beardsley.
Fall Semester
An introduction to applied semantics and applied logic, both formal and in
ductive. The emphasis is on principles and distinctions that are useful in ordinary
reading and writing.
13. Selected M odern P hilosophers . Mr. Shaffer.
Spring Semester
The history of modern philosophy, with primary attention given to the problem
of the foundations, scope and limits of human knowledge, as examined by
Descartes, Locke, Berkeley, Hume and Kant.
14. Anc ie n t P hilosophy . Mr. Shaffer and Mr. Vlastos.
Fall Semester
A study of ancient philosophy in all its aspects: ethics, political theory,
metaphysics, and aesthetics. Primary emphasis is placed on the dialogues of
Plato; briefer attention is given to the pre-Socratics, Plato’s contemporaries, and
Aristotle.
15. P hilosophy of Science . Mr. Scriven.
Spring Semester
A study of the nature, scope, and limitations of scientific method and scientific
explanations. This involves, on the one hand, a treatment of a number of
particular logical problems such as the nature of scientific laws, objectivity,
probability, and theories; and, on the other hand, some treatment of a number
of particular scientific topics such as the definition of life, action, at a distance,
cosmology, the uncertainty principle, and relativity.
16. Contemporary P roblems. Mr. Brandt and Mr. Shaffer.
Fall Semester
A study of contemporary discussions of fundamental problems, such as the
theory of meaning, the foundations of knowledge, the perception of physical
objects, the nature of the self. Readings in the articles and books of major
living philosophers, including Russell, Lewis, Ayer, and Ryle.
17. A esthetics . Mr. Beardsley.
Spring Semester
A study of some problems that arise in describing and evaluating works of art.
The course involves: (1) clarifying such basic terms of criticism as "form,”
"style,” and "meaning”; (2) examining the principles and underlying assump
tions of criticism; and (3) analyzing the nature of aesthetic value, especially
the claim that works of art are "good,” "beautiful,” and "true.”
129
18. Social P hilosophy . Mr. Scriven.
Fall Semester
A survey of the philosophical problems arising from the study of the history
and behavior of human societies. Some examples are: the possible limitations
on prediction, the nature of historical and psychological explanations, the
methodological role of value-judgments, the idea of the society as more than
its members, historical relativism, the possibility and nature of empathy and
understanding.
25. P hilosophy of R eligion . Mr. Moore.
Spring Semester
The nature of religion; the psychology and interpretation of religious experience;
the problem of religious knowledge; the validity and difficulties of Christian
theology and ethics.
32. Biblical Religion and Ethics . Mr. Moore.
Fall Semester
Important parts of the Old and New Testament are examined, in order to trace
the growth of Hebrew and Christian religions and the development of the ideas
of the Judaeo-Christian tradition, both ethical and theological.
33. E arly C hristian T hought . Mr. Urban.
Fall Semester
The rise_ and development of Christian thinking to the 13th century, the influence
of Judaism and Greek philosophy, the formation of the creeds, Scholasticism,
Augustine and Aquinas.
34. M odern C hristian T hought . Mr. Urban.
Spring Semester
The development of Christian thought from the Reformation to the twentieth
century, with emphasis upon the relationship between Christian and secular
thinking; the main ideas of the Reformation, church and sect in the Reforma
tion, Roman Catholic development, Protestant orthodoxy, Protestant liberalism.
35. H istory of R eligions. Mr. Moore.
Fall Semester
An historical and comparative study of the world’s religions: primitive religions,
Hinduism, Buddhism, Chinese and Japanese religion, Islam. Stress will be
placed upon the ethical and philosophical teaching of these religions and their
role in the interaction of modern cultures. Comparisons and contrasts will be
made 'between these religions and Judaism and Christianity.
36. P roblems o f Christianity T oday. Mr. Urban.
Each Semester
The purpose of this course is to study various answers to the chief religious
problems of the twentieth century. Problems include: the nature of the Bible,
science and religion, the existence of God, religion and social problems, religion
and education, the meaning of history. Answers include: fundamentalism,
liberalism, humanism, Christian orthodoxy and neo-orthodoxy. The student will
be urged to find his own answers and to work out his own religious beliefs.
37. Religions of A merica . Mr. Urban.
Spring Semester
A study of some of the more important American religious groups with regard
to their history, teaching and present status. Visits will be made to representative
churches and synagogues.
H istory 61.
Q uakerism . Mr. Tolies.
The history of the Society of Friends to the present day. The characteristic
religious and social ideas of the Quakers are considered in their historical setting.
(May be counted toward a major in religion.)
130
H onors W o rk
For admission to honors in philosophy, the requirement is normally two semester
courses drawn from those numbered from 1 to 25. For admission to honors work
in religion, the requirement is normally two semester courses selected from among
courses numbered 1, and 25 to 45.
101. M oral P hilosophy . Mr. Brandt.
The first part of the seminar is devoted to theories about the nature and justi
fication of statements about values and obligation, including ethical relativism
and relevant psychological and anthropological material. The latter part of the
seminar concerns the tenability of theories like hedonism and utilitarianism, and
problems such as economic justice, the theory of rewards and punishments,
human rights, and the freedom of the will. Historical figures are discussed, but
the emphasis is systematic.
102. Anc ie n t P hilosophy . Mr. Shaffer.
The development of Greek thought in ethics, metaphysics, logic and science,
with special attention to Plato and Aristotle. Emphasis is given to tracing the
emergence of distinctively philosophical and scientific methods, and the rela
tion of these methods to contemporary techniques.
103. H istory of M odern P hilosophy . Mr. Beardsley and Mr. Shaffer.
The development of modern thought from Descartes to Kant. This seminar
may appropriately be combined with work in any of the three divisions.
104. Contemporary P roblems. Mr. Brandt and Mr. Shaffer.
A study of contemporary theories on some basic problems such as the theory of
meaning, universals, the foundations of knowledge, theories of perception, the
nature of the self and mental states, and the relation of mind and body. The
reading is in the recent work of such philosophers as Broad, Ayer, Russell,
Lewis, Ryle, and Wittgenstein.
105. P hilosophy of Science . Mr. Scriven.
Spring Semester
An advanced treatment of some fundamental problems in the field, intended to
develop a capacity for abstract analytical reasoning. Some of the topics are:
the nature of scientific explanations, laws, and theories; the concepts of prob
ability and meaningfulness; the thesis of determinism; definition and inference;
the role of mathematics and models in science.
106. A esthetics. Mr. Beardsley.
A systematic examination of the philosophy of art and the methodological
foundations of criticism. Recommended for students of literature, music and
the fine arts.
107. Social P hilosophy . Mr. Scriven.
Pall Semester
An advanced treatment of some problems arising from the study of societies
and individuals, intended to develop the capacity for analytical reasoning in
this field. Examples of topics: the nature of scientific method; the possibility
and significance of distinctions between these studies and the physical sciences;
the development and criticism of special concepts (e.g., "group,” "progress,”
"insight,” "welfare,” "unconscious wish,” "class warfare” ); the descriptiveevaluative distinction; ideal types and ideal societies.
131
108. Symbolic Logic. Mr. Scriven.
Spring Semester
The three aims of this seminar are (1) thorough coverage of the techniques of
elementary and intermediate symbolic logic, and some attention to advanced
topics; (2) development of the various views about the foundations of
mathematics in the light of (1 ); (3) study of the logical implications and
difficulties with (1) and (2) with reference to, e.g., the paradoxes, orders
of infinity, extensions of the number concept, the Godel and Skolem theorems.
109. T he T heory of V alues .
An examination of the major problems concerning values, as they arise in the
fields of philosophy, psychology, and anthropology. Literature representing the
influential positions will be discussed. The emphasis will be on theoretical issues,
especially the philosophical ones.
Not offered in 1957-58.
110. M edieval P hilosophy . Mr. Urban.
Philosophical thought from Augustine to the fifteenth century. Attention will
be paid both to specific problems such as universals, analogy, and epistemology
and to outstanding thinkers such as Anselm, Aquinas, Scotus and Ockham. Al
though the primary emphasis will be historical, attention will be paid to the
contemporary relevance of medieval thought.
111. T he I dea of G od in W estern T hought . Mr. Urban.
An examination will be made of writings which have contributed most to Western
concepts of God. The study will include Plato, Aristotle, the Bible, Athanasius,
Augustine, Thomas Aquinas, Luther, Calvin, Kant, Schleiermacher, Rudolf Otto,
C. S. Lewis and others.
112. M odern Religious P hilosophers .
Mr. Urban.
This seminar will concentrate on representative religious thinkers or schools of
thought in the present century. These will include Jacques Maritain, AngloCatholicism, Brunner, Liberalism, Reinhold Niebuhr, John Bennett, A. I. Muste.
Paul Tillich and W ill Herberg.
120. T hesis .
A thesis may be submitted by majors in the department in place of one of the
seminars, upon application by the student and at the discretion of the Depart
ment.
132
Physical Education for Men
D ir e c t o r o f A t h l e t i c s a n d P h y s ic a l E d u c a t io n f o r M e n a n d A s s o c i
ate P r o f e s s o r : W il l is J . St e t s o n
H. D u n n
H. E l v e r s o n
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r s : R o b e r t
L e w is
E d w in J . F a u l k n e r
A s s is t a n t s : A v e r y F . B l a k e
G o m e r D a v ie s
Jo h n B.
H.
D onaldson
R ic h a r d C . M a d is o n
Ja m es J. M cA d o o
Jam es
H.
M il l e r
C o l l e g e P h y s ic ia n : D r . M o r r is A . B o w ie
The course in Men’s Physical Education is designed to acquaint each participant
with both team and individual sports. The value of team play is developed while
emphasis is also placed on the so-called "carry over” sports which one can enjoy
after graduation. Each individual, while benefiting from the physical exercise, also
becomes better acquainted with the fundamentals, rules, etc., of the various sports
and so is better able to enjoy these activities as a spectator.
The intercollegiate athletic program is a comprehensive one with varsity schedules
in eleven different sports. In many of these activities there are contests arranged
for junior varsity teams, thus providing ample opportunity for large numbers of men
to engage in intercollegiate competition.
F a c u l t y R e q u ir e m e n t s
Physical education is required of all non-veteran freshmen and sophomores unless
excused by the College physician. During this two-year period, men students must
attend a minimum of three classes per week.
All men not excused for medical or other reasons are expected to fulfill this
requirement. A semester’s work failed in the first two years must be repeated in the
Junior year. No man with a deficiency in physical education will be permitted to enter
his Senior year.
F a l l A c t iv it ie s
Badminton
♦Cross Country
♦Football
Golf
♦Soccer
Swimming
Badminton
♦Basketball
Boxing
Lacrosse
♦Swimming
Tennis
Tennis
Touch Football
W in t e r A ctivities
Track
Volley Ball
♦Wrestling
Sp r in g A ctivities
♦Baseball
♦Golf
♦Tennis
♦Track
♦Lacrosse
Softball
• Indicates intercollegiate competition.
133
Physical Education for Women
A ssociate P r o fesso r : V irg in ia R a t h , Chairman
A ssistant P ro fessors : E l e a n o r K . H ess
I r e n e M o ll
M ay E. P arry
A ssista n t : N adia C hilkovsky
C o lleg e P h y s ic ia n : D r . M orris A. B o w ie
The aim of this Department is to contribute to the education of all women students
through the medium of physical activity. We believe this contribution can best be
achieved through participation in a broad program of recreational, rhythmic and
developmental activities. Therefore the program provides: instruction and experience
in sports and dancing; swimming ability for all; corrective and developmental exer
cises. It is our hope that the student will also acquire: appreciation of the dance as
a fine art; the meaning of good sportsmanship; added endurance; good posture;
leadership training; joy in outdoor exercise; and a program of interests and skills
that will carry over for the individual and her community after college.
Classes are kept small to insure individual attention, and students are grouped
according to ability. Ample opportunities are given for intramural and intercollegiate
competition, as well as for public performances and demonstrations.
Freshmen and sophomores take three periods of activity each week. These may
be elected from classes listed below with the stipulation that they take swimming
until a test is passed; take a rhythmic acivity; take a team sport; take Body
Mechanics if the posture grade indicates a need for it.
Regulation costumes should be ordered before college opens. Blanks for this
purpose will be sent out from the Office of the Dean to all incoming students.
Sports
H ockey. Miss Parry,
Fall Term
Class and Varsity.
A rchery . Miss Rath.
Fall and Spring
Class and Varsity.
T en nis . Miss Parry, Miss Rath, Mr. Faulkner, Miss Moll.
Fall, Winter and Spring
Class and Varsity, Winter and Spring.
G olf . Miss Moll.
Fall and Spring
Class and Varsity.
Sw im m ing . Miss Rath, Miss Parry.
Fall, Winter and Spring
Beginner, intermediate and advanced classes in strokes and diving.
Class and Varsity.
134
Winter
Basketball. Miss Moll, Miss Parry.
Class and Varsity.
Badminton . Miss Parry, Miss Rath,Mr. Faulkner.
Winter
Class and Varsity.
Soft Ball . Miss Moll.
Spring
Class and Varsity.
Spring
Lacrosse.
Class and Varsity.
V olley Ball . Miss Moll, Miss Parry.
Winter
Class and Varsity.
Fall, Winter and Spring
D ancing .
Class and Club.
Folk and Square D ancing . Miss Moll.
Fall, Winter and Spring
Open to men students also.
Body M echanics . Miss Rath.
Winter
Required of all first-year students whose posture indicates a need for it.
T umbling . Miss Rath.
Winter
Recreational Leadership . Miss Moll, Miss Rath.
Winter and Spring
Theory and practice teaching in recreational activities of all kinds. Given in
alternate years.
Red Cross Life Saving. Miss Rath and members of Instructor Training Board.
Winter and Spring
Senior and Instructors’ courses.
155
Physics
P r o f e s s o r s : W il l ia m C . E l m o r e J ,
Chairman
M il a n W . G a r r e t t
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r : D e n n i s o n B a n c r o f t
I n s t r u c t o r : D a n i e l W il l a r d
A s s is t a n t : K e n n e t h L . L a w s
The physics department, through its introductory course in general physics, en.
deavors to give an integrated account of basic physics. In this course, as well as^ in
the advanced work of the department, emphasis is placed on quantitative, analytical
reasoning, as distinct from the mere acquisition of facts and skills. The intro
ductory course makes no pretense of covering all material of interest to physicists, but
rather comprises a selection of topics which form a coherent group.
Advanced work in the department involves a more intensive study of topics covered
at the introductory level, and of many phases of modern physics which require a
considerable background in mathematics and electricity. In all courses and sem
inars particular importance is attached to laboratory work, inasmuch as physics is
primarily an experimental science.
R e q u ir e m e n t s a n d R e c o m m e n d a t io n s
fo r
M a jo r s a n d M in o r s
Students who intend to major in physics normally take Course 1, 2 in the fresh
man year and Course 11, 12 in the sophomore year. In addition they should complete
Course 12 in mathematics and Course 2 in chemistry by the end of the sophomore
year. In view of graduate school requirements, and of the extensive literature of
physics in German, it is strongly recommended that the student fulfill his language
requirement in German. A grade of C or better in Course 1, 2 is prerequisite for all
further work in the department.
The work of the last two years normally involves an honors program, and includes
three seminars in physics and three seminars in mathematics. Other seminars in the
program are usually chosen from electrical engineering, chemistry, or philosophy.
Such a program is a particularly satisfactory way of preparing for graduate or other
professional work in physics or in mathematics. However, it constitutes in itself an
effective educational program, since the aim throughout is to achieve an understanding
of fundamental ideas and concepts, as distinct from the mastery of information, skills
and techniques in a limited segment of science.
C o u r s e St a t e m e n t
1,2. G eneral P hysics. Staff.
Pall Course
An introductory course in basic physics open to all students. No prerequisite
other than those for college entrance is assumed. This course or its equivalent
must precede any advanced courses or seminars in physics. It is required of
most science majors. Three lectures, a conference and a laboratory period weekly.
Separate credit given for each semester’s work.
t Absent
on leave, 1937*58.
Í36
U , 12. M echanics , H eat and Sound .
The material for this course is drawn from the fields of mechanics, elasticity,
wave motion, kinetic theory, thermodynamics, and statistical mechanics. Since ex
tensive use is made of the calculus, a course in this subject must precede or be
taken concurrently. This course is recommended for physics majors and should
meet the needs of other students desiring a second course in physics. Three
conference hours and one laboratory period weekly.
H onors W ork
Foil Semester
This seminar covers those aspects of physics directly connected with light, radia
tion and atomic structure. Topics include geometrical optics, physical optics,
spectroscopy, spectral series, X-rays, and elementary quantum theory. In so far
as practicable all theoretical conclusions are directly supported by laboratory
work. Prerequisite: Physics 1, 2 and Mathematics 11, 12.
101. O ptics, Spectra and A tomic Structure .
102. Electricity and M agnetism . Mr. Garrett.
Fall Semester
Based primarily on Page and Adams’ Principles of Electricity and Harnwell’s
Principles of Electricity and Electromagnetism. It covers static and dynamic
electricity, magnetism and electromagnetism, with some electronics. The em
phasis throughout is on fundamental analysis rather than application. The
laboratory includes measurements in direct and alternating currents and in
magnetism, together with some fundamental experiments in electronics. Mathe
matics seminars in advanced calculus and differential equations are normally
prerequisite.
103. M odern P hysics. Mr. Willard.
Spring Semester
The topics covered in this seminar include electromagnetic theory of radiation,
special relativity, wave mechanics, isotopes, nuclear physics and high-energy par
ticle physics. The seminar discussions are accompanied by a full-day laboratory
period each week. This seminar must be preceded by that in electricity and mag
netism.
Spring Semester
A study of selected topics, mostly drawn from classical physics. Little duplica
tion occurs of theoretical material covered in the other seminars offered by the
department. Based for the most part on Page’s Introduction to Theoretical
Physics. Not accompanied by laboratory.
Prerequisites: Physics 11, 12 and Mathematics 101, 102. Not offered regularly.
104. T heoretical P hysics.
137
Political Science
P r o fesso r : J. R o la n d P e n n o c k , Chairman
A ssociate P r o fe sso r : K e n n e t h N . W a ltz
A ssistant P r o fesso r s : C h a rles E. G ilbert
D avid G . Sm it h
I n s t r u c t o r : G e n e D . O verstreet
The aim of the Department of Political Science is to study, both in ideal and
in reality, the place of the state in society and to contribute to an understanding of
the purposes, organization, and operation of political institutions, domestic and
international. For the beginning student, the Department offers an introduction to
the nature of politics and to the problems of various political systems. For those
who become majors or for others who take additional work in political science, courses
are provided which will permit giving special attention to the areas of political
theory, comparative government, government in the United States, and international
political institutions.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
and
R e c o m m e n d a t io n s
for
M a jo r s
Course 1-2 is prerequisite to all other work in the department. Students who intend
to major in political science should, preferably, take Course 1-2 in the freshman year
and Course 11 in the sophomore year; however, Course 11 may be taken by sopho
mores concurrently with Course 2. Students who desire to concentrate on inter
national affairs without taking the full International Relations Program referred to
below may substitute Comparative Government (Political Science 15) or The Soviet
System (Political Science 19) for Course 11. Majors are also advised to take
Economics 1-2. Courses in Accounting and Statistics (Economics 3 and 4) and in
American history are recommended. Political Theory, either in seminar or in course,
is required of all majors; course majors should take Course 60.
P rogram
in
I n t e r n a t io n a l R ela tio n s
Students who plan to enter upon a career in the field of international relations
should include in their programs, during the first two years, the introductory courses
in economics, history and political science and should complete the intermediate course
in one or more modern languages.
Advanced courses selected from the groups listed below may be incorporated in
the programs of students who do their major work in economics, history, political
science, or a modern language.
Those students who wish to concentrate in international relations may take their
Senior Comprehensive Examination in this field. Students preparing for this exam
ination should take eight, nine, or ten half courses from among those listed below,
including all of those listed in Group I, one or more in Group II, and one or more
in Group III. The examination is administered by a committee appointed by the
chairmen of the Departments of Economics, History, and Political Science, under the
Chairmanship of the Department of Political Science.
138
G roup I
Political Science 12—International Politics
Political Science 13—International Law and Organization
Political Science 57-58—American Foreign Policy
Economics 60—International Economics
G roup II
History 11—The Other American Republics
History 14—Russia
History 62—The Near and Middle East
G roup III
Political
Political
Political
Political
Science
Science
Science
Science
15—Comparative Government
19—'-The Soviet System
20—Far Eastern Politics
59—Modern Political Theory.
Students who plan to enter the honors program will find it possible to select a
similar combination of courses and seminars in the field' of international relations.
In planning such programs, they should consult with the chairmen of their pros
pective major departments.
C ourses
1-2. Introduction to P olitical Science . All members of the department.
Full Course
The foundations of politics—sociological, psychological, and economic; nature
and development of political institutions; types of government. A study of
examples erf the major forms of government, followed by a more detailed
study of the national government of the United States. Political Science 1-2
is open to all students and is prerequisite to all other courses offered by the
department. Credit is not given for a single semester of this course.
11. Problems in Community G overnment . Mr. Gilbert.
Spring Semester
Study of selected problems in community life and government, at both local and
state levels. Includes topics such as centralization and home rule; governmental
reorganization; corruption, bossism and reform; urban and rural planning and
development. Emphasis is placed on field work and original research, using
one of the nearby communities as a laboratory.
12. I nternational P olitics. Mr. Waltz.
Alternate Years, Fall Semester
Approaches to the theory and practice of international politics such as those
developed by liberals, pacifists, behavioralists, and socialists will be examined in
some detail before considering the abiding and changing patterns of relations
among states and the various factors that affect them.
Not offered in 1957-58.
13. I nternational Law and O rganization . Mr. W altz.
Alternate Years, Spring Semester
The development of international law and organization, including a study of the
major problems of international law and world government and of the structure,
accomplishments and limitations of general and regional organizations.
Not offered in 1957-58.
15. Comparative G overnment . Mr. Smith.
Alternate Years; Fall Semester
A critical study of selected political systems of Western and Eastern Europe.
139
Spring Semester
19. T he Soviet System . Mr. Overstreet.
(Also listed as Russian Studies 19.)
The structure and operation of political institutions in the Soviet Union, in
relation to their theoretical and historical background and their socio-economic
setting; Soviet foreign relations and the international Communist movement.
20. Far Eastern P olitics. Mr. Overstreet.
Fall Semester
Nationalism in Asia, with its traditionalist, Marxist, and liberal democratic
elements; the contemporary political systems of China, Japan, and India; special
features of political development in backward areas.
51. P ublic Administration . Mr. Gilbert.
Alternate Years, Fall Semester
An analysis of policy-making and administration in modern governments with
illustrative material drawn chiefly from the national government of the United
States and with particular reference to recent developments. Problems of admin
istrative organization, conduct of regulatory and managerial activities, financial
administration, personnel, public relations, administrative law, politics and
administration.
Open to juniors and seniors only, except by special arrangement.
52. A merican Constitutional L aw . Mr. Gilbert or Mr. Pennock.
Fall Semester
The role of the Supreme Court in the American political system, viewed both
historically and through analysis of leading cases. Areas of Constitutional devel
opment emphasized are: the nature and exercise of judicial review; federalism
and the scope of national power; civil liberties.
Open to sophomores and upperclassmen. Sophomores carrying five courses will
foe relieved of the term paper requirement.
53. A merican P arty P olitics. Mr. Gilbert
Alternate Years, Fail Semester
An historical and functional analysis of American political parties, including a
study of interest groups, public opinion, electoral devices, political leaders, and
proposals for the reorganization of the existing party structure.
Not offered in 1957-58.
54. H istory o f P olitical T heory . Mr. Smith.
Fall Semester
The development of thought on the nature of the state and of individual rights
and duties, based largely on readings of the chief political philosophers from
Plato to Rousseau. Topics studied include: Greek and Roman political thought;
medieval universalism and the divine right of kings; the Reformation and the
development of contractual theory; natural law and natural rights.
Open to juniors and seniors only, except by special arrangement, and to
sophomores planning to take the "Modern and Analytical" version of the
Political Theory honors seminar.
55. A merican P olitical T hought .
Alternate Years, Spring Semester
A study of the development of American political thought: the colonial period;
the Revolution; Jeffersonian Democracy; Jacksonian Democracy; the nature of
the Union; newer currents, including the progressive movement, labor, and
conflicts between church and state.
Not offered in 1957-58.
56. J urisprudence . Mr. Pennock.
Spring Semester
A study of the sources and nature of law; historical, sociological and philosophic
approaches to legal theory; the nature of the judicial process; key problems of
jurisprudence illustrated by case study in selected areas of American constitutional
law.
140
57-58. A merican F oreign P olicy. Mr. Waite.
Alternate Years, P f f 0“™
The problem of defining the objectives of American foreign policy and of select
ing the means for achieving them; past, present and suggested
str*‘eg^
in world politics; the influence of internal and external conditions on th
motring of foreign policy; the effects of our policies m crucial parts of the
world.
Spring Semester
Political theory from the Enlightenment to the present. UtManamsm Idealism
and Neo-idealism; anarchism, Marxism, and later socialist ^octoMes^momsbe
and pluralistic theories of sovereignty. Considerable tune ^
derortri to
analysis of democratic and totalitarian theories, and to the political problems
of democratic economic planning.
59. M odern P olitical T heory . M r. Smith.
Spring Semester
This course, conducted in seminar fashion, is designed for senior majors. By
means of papers and assigned readings it covers aspects of political science
not elsewhere intensively developed and helps the students to integrate materials
studied previously.
60. Special T opics in P olitical Science . M r. Smith.
H onors W ork
Prerequisite: Political Science 1-2. The following seminars prepare for examina
tion for a degree with Honors:
101. (a) and (b ). P olitical T heory . Mr. Pennock or Mr. Smith. Each Semester
The nature of the state, the bases of political obligation, sovereignty and the
nature of law, liberty, equality rights, democracy, totalitanam sm -a 1 m ttie
light of the theories set forth by writers on these subjects from Plato to the
present. This seminar is given in two versions, one beginning with p ato an d
proceeding chronologically, and the other (designated Modem and Analytical )
starting with Machiavelli and organized in more topical fashion.
102. P olitics and Legislation .. Mr. Gilbert.
Spring Semester
The study of political parties, interest groups, public opinion and voting behavior,
electoral systems and representation, the legislative process. Emphasis « o n
American politics, with some comparative material; and, ultimately, on politics
from the standpoint of theories of political democracy.
105. P roblems in G overnment and Administration . Mr. Gilbert.
Fail Semester
A detailed study of the forms and functions of modem government, particularly
on the administrative side. Problems of administrative organization, policy
making and responsibility in the light of democratic political purposes and pro
cesses and the legal, sociological and economic setting. Emphasis is on United
States experience, although relevant experience abroad is examined.
104. International P olitics, L aw, and O rganization . Mr. Waltz. Fall Semester
A comprehensive inquiry into the principles and problems of international
politics, international law, and international organization.
105. A merican Foreign P olicy . Mr. W altz.
Spring Semester
A study of key problems faced by the United States in the modern world to
gether with a detailed, critical investigation of the making and implementing
of American foreign policy. The changing assumptions of our policy and the
political, economic and social influences upon it will be carefully considered.
141
106. P ublic Law and J urisprudence. Mr. Pennock.
o
Spring Semester
Sources and nature of law; historical, sociological, philosophic, and "realistic”
approaches to law; key problems of jurisprudence illustrated' by study of the
fields of federalism and civil liberties in American constitutional law.
107. T he Soviet System . Mr. Overstreet.
A study of political, social, and economic institutions in the Soviet Union in
relation to their theoretical and historical background; Soviet foreign rela
tions and the international Communist movement.
108. C omparative G overnment . Mr. Smith.
Advanced study of comparative government; governmental structures and polit
ical processes largely as exemplified by selected governments of Western and
Eastern Europe; inquiries into common problems, such as planning, defense,
nationalization, and trans-national political movements.
120. T hesis. All members of the department.
Approval must be secured early in the student’s junior year.
142
Psychology and Education
P ro fessors : So l o m o n E. A sch
W
o lfg a n g K o h l er , Research Professor Emeritus of Philos
ophy and Psychology (on special research grant).
W illia m C. H . P r e n t ic e
J o s e p h B. Sh a n e
H a n s W a l l a c h , Chairman
A ssociate P r o fe sso r : H e n r y G l e it m a n
A ssistant P ro fesso rs : G loria L. C arey
P e t e r M adison
I n s t r u c t o r : J acob N achm ias
L e c t u r e r : A lice K . B rodhead
The work of the Department of Psychology deals with the scientific study of human
behavior and experience: the basic processes of perception, learning, thinking and
motivation, and consideration of their relation to development of the individual per
sonality; and the social relations of the individual to other persons and to groups.
For those students planning for graduate and professional work in psychology the
courses and seminars of the department are designed to provide a sound basis of
understanding of psychological principles and a grasp of research method. Other
students learn the nature of psychological inquiry and the psychological approach to
various problems encountered in the humanities, the social sciences and the life
sciences.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
and
R e c o m m en d a tio n s
Introductory Psychology is required of all students who wish to take other courses
in the department. Students who wish to take Honors Seminars may offer Psychology
1 and any other half-course as evidence of their competence (including those numbered
from 50 to 59). Honors majors will be required’ to offer Psychology 4 (Elementary
Experimental Psychology). Students who wish to major in course should take
Psychology X and any other half-course. Psychology 4 is required of all course
majors, but they need not take it during their sophomore year.
Courses in education—11, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16 will not be credited toward a
major in psychology. Education alone may not 'be elected as a major subject, and not
more than two full courses in education will be accepted for credit toward the
bachelor’s degree.
Swarthmore students may fulfill the Pennsylvania requirements for the certification
of secondary school teachers by taking:
1. Psychology 1—Introductory Psychology.
2. Education 11—Educational Psychology.
143
3. Education 14—Introduction to Teaching.
4. Two courses to be chosen from among:
a. Education 12—Principles of Secondary Education.
b. Education 13—Methods of Secondary Education.
c. Education 15—History of Education.
5. History 4, 5, 4x, or 5x—The United States (arrangements must be made for
special work in the History of Pennsylvania). Only one term is required.
6. A minimum of three full courses (or six half-courses) in the subject or field
in which the student expects to teach.
7. Education 16—Practice Teaching.
Swarthmore students may receive credit toward a Pennsylvania elementary school
certificate by taking:
1. Psychology 1—Introductory Psychology.
3. Psychology 16—Child Psychology.
4. Education 11—Educational Psychology.
5. Education 14—Introduction to Teaching.
6. History 4, 5, 4x, or 5x—The United States (with special work in Pennsylvania
history). Only one term is required.
Psychology
1. I ntroductory P sychology. Mr. Gleitman.
Each Semester
Three lectures plus weekly conference hour to be arranged. A survey of the
problems studied by psychologists and of the facts and theories of modern be
havior study. Chief emphasis is given to basic contributions in perception, learn
ing, thinking, and motivation.
4. E lementary Experimental Psychology. Mr. Wallach and Staff. Each Semester
Laboratory section one afternoon per week to be arranged. An introduction to
experimental thinking and laboratory techniques in psychology.
Mr. Gleitman. Offered irregularly on request.
Students desiring to exercise this option should consult with the Staff at least
one semester in advance.
5. A nim al Experimentation .
6. L aboratory in P ersonality Study . Mr. Madison.
Spring Semester
An introduction to the problems and concepts of personality and motivation
through intensive study of individual students. Two hours of lecture and a
four-hour laboratory.
52. M otivation . Mr. Nachmias.
Spring Semester
Emphasis is upon the role of dynamic factors (drives, needs, values) in the de
termination of behavior. Consideration is given to the measurement of motives,
the relationship between biological and psychological tension-systems, conflict,
frustration, success and failure, reward and punishment. Evaluation of the
theories of motivation of McDougall, Tolman, Lewin, Allport, Murray and
Freud. Term paper or design of an original experiment is required.
54. Learning and T hin king . Mr. Gleitman, Mr. Nachmias.
Fall Semester
An advanced course in problems, facts, and theories about man’s creative thought,
problem-solving, and memory. Some use will also be made of animal evidence
and of current systematic approaches.
144
55. Child P sychology. Mr. Madison.
Semester
The development of the child from birth through puberty, studied in terms
of basic psychological principles. Important theories and practices ot child
rearing are evaluated in the light of experimental and cross-cultural data. Topics
include the significance of infantile and childhood experience on subsequent personality development, parent-child relationships, sibling rivalry, and the behavior problems” which typically occur during the socialization process. One
of the following is required: (1) acting as an assistant in a child-care center
for approximately 20 hours, (2) an intensive study of a single child.
M l Semester
56. Social P sychology. Mr. Asch, Miss Carey.
A study of some basic processes and products of interaction between persons
and groups and between groups. The following topics are covered: the forma
tion of the social field of the individual. Perception of persons as psychological
entities. Perception of groups. Formation of the self; social relations of the
self. Psychological forces supporting group-belonging. Functional consequences
of group membership. The psychological investigation of group processes.
Group requirements and group standards. Formation and change of attitudes.
57. Psychological T ests and M easurements . Mr. Madison.
Alternate years
The concept of psychological measurements as applied to tests of intelligence,
personality, interests, and abilities. The course surveys a wide variety of con
temporary tests and studies intensively the characteristics and underlying assump
tions of one representative test of each major type.
58. P ersonality . Mr. Madison.
M l Semester
Contemporary thought on the personality concept, considered broadly as the
individual’s characteristic representation of and reaction to events of emotional
significance in living. The adjustive, motivational and cognitive aspects of per
sonality. Topics sudi as the nature of our phenomenal experience of self and of
personality, the concepts of unrecognized and unconscious processes, personality
types, and the characteristics of good and poor adjustment. The general prob
lems of the origin, development and persistence of personality habits and the
conditions under which change is possible. Particular interest in psychoanalytic
and cognitive theory.
59. Statistics for P sychology and Education .
An elementary survey of the principles and concepts of sampling, the techniques
of describing data in quantitative terms, and certain notions of probability and
inference. Measures of central tendency and dispersion; correlation; significance
of differences.
60. P hysiological P sychology.
The physiological foundations of human and animal behavior, including sensory
function, metabolic and endocrine functions, the nervous system, and response
mechanisms; the application of such facts to motives and appetites, to emotion,
to perceiving, and to learning and thinking.
Not offered in 1957-58.
63-64. Systematic Seminar . The Staff.
Full Course. Spring Semester
A double credit course requiring half the student’s time for a semester. This
seminar covers the major integrative theories or approaches to psychology, includ
ing structuralism, functionalism, behaviorism, Gestalttheorie, and psychoanalysis.
Majors students who so elect will take Course 63-64 in their senior year. The
course is open only to senior psychology majors except by special arrangement.
The following courses are not to be counted toward a major in psychology and are
not included in the comprehensive examination; they are designed primarily for stu
dents whose major work is in other departments.
145
41. T he P sychology of D ramatic Experience and Presentation . Mr. Gleitman.
The object of this course is to explore some possible contributions of scientific
psychology—in particular, the psychology of emotional expression—to an area
hitherto the domain only of intuitive artists. Topics of discussion will include
structural aspects of dramatic forms, the experience of the comic and the tragic,
psychological problems of timing and rhythm, theories of acting and direction,
and the like. The course will involve some laboratory work, testing relevant
hypotheses with standard experimental techniques. Permission of instructor is
necessary.
Prerequisite, Psychology 1. Some contact with drama either through the litera
ture or in practice is desirable.
Three hours lecture per week and 2 hours laboratory.
Not offered iri 1957-58.
42. A pplied Social P sychology.
This course deals with communications within groups, leadership, attitudes and
propaganda, wage payment plans, consumer motivation and behavior, and the
structure of organizations. Attention will be given to the application of concepts
that have been drawn from the laboratory study of motivation, perception, and
learning.
Not offered in 1957-58.
43. E motional and M otivational P rocesses. Mr. Asch, Mr. Hunt, and Dr. Saul.
Spring Semester.
The role of emotions and motives in the process of reaching maturity. In addi
tion to readings in the general literature, a number of case histories will be
studied. To increase the student’s insight into the difficulties and possibilities
of emotional growth;
Education
Spring Semester
The application of psychological principles concerned with the processes of
thinking, learning and motivation to the problems of education.
Prerequisite: Course 1.
12. P rinciples of Secondary Education . Mr. Shane.
Fall Semester
A study of the principles of secondary education, with emphasis upon aims
and organization. Visits to nearby schools are made.
11. Educational P sychology.
13. M ethods of Secondary Education . Mr. Shane.
Fall Semester
A review and critical analysis of the methods used in secondary education.
14. I ntroduction to T eaching . Mrs. Brodhead.
Each Semester
Current educational theory and practice. Weekly seminar plus three hours a
week assisting in a classroom in the local schools.
15. H istory of Education . Mrs. Brodhead.
Each Semester
Educational thought in our western culture from the Greeks to the present day.
Weekly seminar.
16. P ractice T eaching . Mrs. Brodhead.
A limited number of students may complete the Pennsylvania requirement of
180 hours in the Swarthmore High School summer session under the direction
of their teaching staff. Students should enroll for this course at the January
registration.
146
H o n o rs Sem in ars
101. P erception . Mr. Wallach, Mr. Prentice.
Reading and discussion combined with independent experimental projects. The
student is expected to know the basic facts about human perceptual mechanisms,
particularly visual ones, by the time he has completed this seminar. Specific
topics covered are: color vision, grouping and form, depth and distance, size,
movement, influences of learning and of needs of attitudes, general theory or
perception. When time permits, some attention is given to parallel problems
in other senses.
102. Learning and T hin king . Mr. Gleitman, Mr. Nachmias.
Deals with principles of adaptive behavior, the functions of memory and think
ing; the nature of understanding and problem-solving; the nature of intelligence.
Mr. Prentice, Mr. Nachmias.
A systematic and experimental approach to the dynamics of behavior, based on
material drawn from the laboratory and the-clinic, and covering the following
topics: instinctive behavior and biological drives; the relation of motivation and
learning; derived motivation; the relation of perception and motivation; frus
tration and its relation to aggression, regression; level of aspiration; success
and failure; substitution and sublimation; ego needs and the nature ot the ego,
emotion and feeling; contemporary theories of motivation.
103 M otivation .
104. Individual in Society . Mr. Asch, Miss Carey.
The relationship between man and his society, approached from the points of
view of social psychology, sociology, and cultural anthropology; the study ot
group-structures and the psychological consequences of group-membership; the
critique of available procedures for scientific treatment of group-behavior and
group-influences.
105. P ersonality . Mr. Madison, Miss Carey.
The personality concept, considered broadly as the individual’s characteristic repre
sentation of and reaction to events of emotional significance in living. Principal
attention to the origin of contemporary thought on personality in Freud s writings
and the relation of his concepts to general theory in psychology. Topics such as
the adjustive, motivational and cognitive aspects of personality, the nature ot our
phenomenal experience of self and of personality, the concepts of umrecogmzed
and unconscious processes, personality types, the characteristics of good and poor
adjustment, and methods of personality study. Problems of the origin, persistence
and change of personality habits as these are understood in personality theory
on the one hand and in the psychology of learning and perception on the other.
Laboratory work in the study of problems in personality when conditions permit.
106. D evelopment . Mr. Prentice, Mr. Gleitman.
An investigation of the concepts of psychological growth, including sensori-motor
«H11, intellectual and emotional functions, and personality. Readings in experi
mental and clinical literature; some direct observation and experimentation with
children.
120. T hesis. All members of the department.
May be presented as a substitute for one seminar, provided the student is doing
major work in psychology with four seminars, and provided some member of the
department is available to undertake the direction of the thesis,
147
M a ster ’s D egree
r-p
A limited number of students may be accepted for graduate study toward the
Master’s degree in psychology. Students receiving the Bachelor’s degree from Swarthmore are not normally eligible for this work.
The program of work for the Master’s degree requires the completion of four
seminars, or their equivalent. One of the seminars must be a research seminar
leading to a Thesis. The work of the seminars is judged by external examiners. The
requirements for the Master's degree can normally be completed in one year.
148
Russian Studies
A grant from the Carnegie Corporation made possible the inauguration of a Russian
Studies program, in the fall of 1949, at Bryn Mawr, Haverford, and Swarthmore
Colleges. While that grant has now expired, Swarthmore College continues to offer
courses in Russian language, history, and political and social institutions.
Courses in this group cannot themselves comprise a major subject. Courses in the
Russian language may be used to fulfill the college foreign language requirement.
Courses and seminars in Russian history and in Russian political and economic institu
tions may be counted toward a major or minor in the departments offering them.
(These courses are listed under their appropriate departments.)
R u s s ia n
Language
Course
Vocabulary and grammar. Oral and written translations from English into Rus
sian and vice versa. Vocabulary building. Reading of short stories. Books:
Essentials of Russian (Prentice-Hall), Stories by Lermontoff and Pushkin (Heath
series). Five hours a week.
1-2 E lementary Russian .
3,4. I ntermediate Russian.
Review of grammar with special emphasis on use of prepositions, verb forms,
numerals. Short area study, geography and history of Russia to the revolution of
1917. Advanced reading and composition. Books: Essentials of Russian (Pren
tice-Hall), Russian Area Reader (Ronald Press).
H is t o r y
14. RUSSIA. Mr. Beik.
Semester
The history of modem Russia. For sophomores, juniors and seniors. The
course begins with the reign of Peter and gives half its time to the period since
the Revolution. It may be taken only after History 1-2.
117. E urope 1870 to 1939: E astern E urope . Mr. Beik.
Honors Seminar
The origins and consequences of the Russian Revolution and of the formation of
the succession states.
P o l it ic a l a n d E c o n o m ic I n s t it u t io n s
19. T h e Soviet System . Mr. Overstreet.
Spring Semester
The structure and operation of political institutions in the Soviet Union, in
relation to their theoretical and historical background and their socio-economic
setting; Soviet foreign relations and the international Communist movement.
107. T he Sovibt System . Mr. Overstreet.
Honors Seminar
A study of political, social, and economic institutions in the Soviet Union in re
lation to their theoretical and historical background; Soviet foreign relations
and the international Communist movement.
149
V isiting Examiners—May 1957
A STR O N O M Y: P rofessor Louis C. G reen , Haverford College;
Franklin B. W ood, University of Pennsylvania.
Professor
BIOLOGY: P rofessor H ans G. Borei, University of Pennsylvania; P rofessor
A. D uncan Chiquoine , Princeton University; P rofessor W illiam B. K inter ,
Harvard Medical School; P rofessor Richard P. K orf, Cornell University;
P rofessor M elvin Santer , Haverford College; P rofessor Adrian M. Srb,
Cornell University; P rofessor J ames F. Sutcliffe , Kings College, University,
of London.
CHEMISTRY: P rofessor Frederick V. Brutcher , J r ., University of Pennsylvania;
P rofessor Lockhart B. Rogers, Mass. Institute of Technology; P rofbssor
E m il J. Slowinski, University of Connecticut.
CLASSICS: P rofessor M ichael H . J ameson , University of Pennsylvania.
ECONOMICS: P rofessor Robert R. France , University of Rochester; P rofessor
Rom ney Robinson , Brandeis University; P rofessor Robert Solow , Mass.
Institute of Technology.
CIVIL ENGINEERING: P rofessor F erdinand P. Beer, Lehigh University
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING: Profbssor Raymond S. Berkowitz , University
of Pennsylvania; P rofessor W illiam H . Surbbr, Princeton University,
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING: P rofessor J erry G rey, Princeton University.
ENGLISH LITERATURE: P rofessor Charles T. D avis, Princeton University;
P rofessor Leonard F. D ean , University of Connecticut; P rofessor G eorge
G iblan, Smith College; \ P rofessor D orothy V an G h e n t , University of
Vermont; P rofbssor Eugenb M. W aith , Yale University.
FINE ARTS: P rofessor A lan G owans, University of Delaware; P rofessor Lin
coln F. J ohnson , Goucher College.
HISTORY: Professor J o h n B. C hristopher , University of Rochester; P rofessor
G eorge B. Cooper , Trinity College; P rofessor Arthur P. D udden, Bryn
Mawr College; P rofessor Felix G ilbert, Harvard University.
MATHEMATICS: P rofessor Robert C. J ames, Haverford College; Professor
W illiam H . M ills , Yale University.
MODERN LANGUAGES: French—P rofessor G ermaine Bree, New York Uni
versity; P rofessor W illiam Roach , University of Pennsylvania.
Lin
guistics—P rofessor H enry M. H oenigswald, University of Pennsylvania.
Russian— P rofessor W illiam E. H arkins, Columbia University.
PHILOSOPHY A N D RELIGION: P rofessor M ax Black, Cornell University;
P rofessor Roderick Firth , Harvard University; Professor J o h n H ospers,
Brooklyn College; P rofessor G eddes M acG regor, Bryn Mawr College.
PHYSICS: P rofessor Richard B. Setlow , Yale University.
POLITICAL SCIENCE: P rofessor G eorge A. Lanyi, Oberlin College; P rofessor
Earl Latham , Amherst College; Professor Frederick W atkins , Yale Uni
versity.
PSYCHOLOGY: P rofessor J erome S. Bruner , Harvard University; P rofessor
Calvin S. H all , Western Reserve University; P rofessor M ary H enle ,
New School for Social Research; P rofessor E liot Stellar, University of
Pennsylvania,
152
D egrees Conferred
June 10, 1957
B a c h elo r
of
A rts
In the Division of the Humanities
T erry Barbee Armstrong (Psychol
ogy)
D aniel Louis Aubry (History)
J ulia Battin (Fine Arts)
Barbara An n Behnkb (English Lit
erature)
Lois M ay Ben n ett (English Litera
ture)
Patricia N ield Blake (Fine A rts)
Sheila Brody (Philosophy)
Lyndall E lizabeth C adbury (English
Literature)
Edward Capps, 3rd (Greek)
J ean Stevens C arter (English Litera
ture)
Elizabeth An n Charles (History)
Robin H amer Christenson (History)
J oanna M acD onald C larke (His
tory)
D avid M cD owell Clay (Philosophy)
Sara E lizabeth Coxe (Psychology)
V ictoria Stephanie Crane (French)
N icole T issot Crosby (French)
Cathlin D avis (English Literature)
Barbara J ane D eaton (English Liter
ature)
M ichael A lexius de Laszlo (English
Literature)
Laudie E. D immette (History)
H arry Filmore D owling , J r . (Eng
lish Literature)
J ames C hatham D uanb (English Lit
D orothy E lizabeth F uller (Philos
ophy)
Carolyn J oan G aiser (English Lit
erature)
Sara H elen G iddings (English Litera
ture)
N ancy A n n G oolsby (Fine Arts)
D eborah H elen G ross (Fine Arts)
F erris M inor H all (History)
J oan W arren H all (H istory)
J ean M arilyn H aught (Fine Arts)
Sherry O smond H esslbr (History)
Catherine M urdoch J ames (English
Literature)
F lora J ohnson -M uller (French)
P hyllis K lock (English Literature)
N orton B. K n o pf (Psychology)
J oan M ary Loftus (English Litera
ture)
P enelope Evelyn M ason (English
Literature)
H elen M. M c Claren (English Litera
ture)
D onald Lee M cG rady (Spanish)
M in n a H elen N ewman (Fine Arts)
E llanor K en ney P biser (Religion)
J anb Raskin (History)
E lizabeth W ood Rittenhouse (H is
tory)
M ary M arkley R oberts (History)
♦J o h n D avid Rosen (English Litera
ture)
erature)
Carol
C harna
Edelstbin
L ouis E mile R owley (H istory)
Russell Ryan (Philosophy)
M ary Lupton Schenck (Fine Arts)
J ohann P eter Schickele (Music)
N ancy Sherry (History)
Stuart J oel Silvers (History)
Charles T hom pson Sm ith (History)
D eborah Burke Sm ith (English Lit
(English
Literature)
R ut h E llenbogen (Fine Arts)
P hilip Ashley Fanning (Philosophy)
Barbara A n n Fassbtt (Fine Arts)
Jane A bby F lax (English Literature)
F elicia Forsythe (Psychology)
Bettina French (English Literature)
M ary L. F rorer (Religion)
erature)
153
U rsula M. M. Sommer (German)
Susanna D ay Spier (English Litera
ture)
A n n Bailey Stoddard (History)
Ronald Eugene Sutton (English Lit
erature)
D ana W estbrook Sw an , 2nd (His
Barbara E lizabeth Sw arthout (His
tory)
Susan E lizabeth Sw ift (History)
Barbara E llen T racy (Fine Arts)
Catlin K ennedy W arthin (History)
E lizabeth A n n W ilson (History)
Eleanor H oyt W itte (English Lit
erature)
tory)
In the Division of the Social Sciences
K atherine
M atthews A pplegate
(Economics)
*Ronald N . Axe (Economics)
Sigmund A ustin B eck (History)
D aniel L. Bell (Economics)
D avid A lexander Benna hum (H is
tory)
Clem ent Biddle (Economics)
Ronald G eorge Bodkin (Economics)
H aig J o h n Boyadjian (Political Sci
Samuel Linto n H ayes, 3rd (Political
Science—International Relations)
W illiam M ott H icks, J r . (History)
M arilyn K aye Iverson (Political Sci
ence—International Relations)
Barbara Susan J acobs (Political Sci
ence—International Relations)
♦R obert D ouglas J ones (Political Sci
ence—International Relations)
I sam K hairy K abbani (Political Sci
ence—International Relations)
ence—International Relations)
M ary H ughes Boyce (History)
E llen M ary Braunstein (History)
J o h n T homas Browne (Economics)
Beverly J ane Bru h n (Political Sci
W illiam O w en K afes (History)
N ancy A n n K altreider (History)
Ruth Finesinger K ellam (Psychol
ogy)
W harton R onald Kresge (Political
ence)
M argaret H amilton Cal mar (Polit
ical Science)
J ean Beverly Camper (History)
K aren Christianson (Economics)
P h ilip Cross Cooper (Political Science
—International Relations)
P h ilip O rval D eputy (Psychology)
Carol A n n D ubivsky (Political Sci
ence—International Relations)
J ean Lowry Eden (Religion)
W illiam D avid F oulkes (Psychology)
Lillian A n n Frank (Political Science)
W illiam A lexander F rohlich (H is
tory)
Barbara L ucille G allagher (Polit
ical Science)
O livia J ean G eyer (Economics)
♦K e n n eth E ugene G iles (Economics)*
* As of the Class of 1956
154
Science—International Relations)
Berend W . K roon (Economics)
G eorge Steph en Lloyd (Political Sci
ence)
J eanette M acD onald Lust (Political
Science)
H arriet Edith M angrum (Political
Science)
A n n Louise M aples (History)
M axine J oyce M arcus (Psychology)
♦C hristian Engle M cM urtrie (Polit
ical Science)
A noush M iridjanian (History)
M ary J ane M oody (Political Science)
Susan Parker N ason (Political Sci
ence)
P atricia A n n e N iles (Psychology)
J o n A lvah P eterson (History)
Charles M. P hillips (Psychology)
St eph en H enderson Pitkin (Political
Science)
M ary M artha P orter (Political Sci
ence)
J ean M ary P otter (History—Interna
tional Relations)
T ekla A lide Schnore (History)
M ichael Edward Schoeman (His
tory)
J anet A lice Sen ft (History)
H arry Stevenson T odd (Economics)
Chinwuba Sylvester U meadi (Eco
nomics)
St eph en Brougher W atkins (Polit
P eter Shambaugh Rosi (History)
J o h n A. Rowe (History)
St eph en Barry R ubin (Economics)
ical Science)
J ames H olliway W hite (Economics)
In the Division of Mathematics and the Natural Sciences
D orothea Louise B orgmann (Zool
ogy)
Priscilla An n Boston (Mathematics)
Sheila V alentine Brow n (M athe
matics)
Robert D avid Ca h n (Zoology)
N ancy F rost Case (Biology)
D orothy N orris Chillrud (Biology)
Arthur M ichael Co n ning (M athe
matics)
M ichael H enry Coopersmith (Phys
ics)
M ayer Benson D avidson (Chemistry)
J ames A lden D eyrup (Chemistry)
Cora A n n D iamond (Mathematics)
M arianne R ut h D urand (Biology)
Clifford Earle, J r . (Physics)
Robert D udley Fisher (Zoology)
J ames M earns G ibson (Chemistry)
Priscilla An n G ilm an (Zoology)
Sari An n G insburg (Mathematics)
Lois A n n e G lass (Biology)
N eil G rabois (Mathematics)
Samuel J erome H a (Zoology)
N atalia S. H arkaway (Chemistry)
G eorge K utches H untington (Zool
ogy)
F rancis M arshall J ames, 3rd (Zool
Arthur K arlin (Mathematics)
Steph en H all K ing (Zoology)
E ugene L. Leboy (Physics)
M ary E lizabeth Lewis (Biology)
G eorge M atula (Chemistry)
V anetta Elizabeth M c Feely (Biol
ogy)
G illes Reza G eorges M on if (Zool
ogy)
Paul H enry M onsky (Physics)
M argaret W allace M unchmeyer
(Chemistry)
V asken P aragamian (Chemistry)
G ordon G ilbert P owers, J r . (Zool
ogy)
J udith M artha Shimansky P rewitt
(Mathematics)
W illiam I. Rosenblum (Psychology)
P eter Antho ny Sim k in (Zoology)
D avid H allock Sm ith (Mathematics)
D avid Ross Sonneborn (Zoology)
M ary M iles Spiller (Biology)
J anice Ellen Stahl (Biology)
P hoebe Starfield (Zoology)
J o h n G ordon Starr (Zoology)
Rorert Chandler Stever (Zoology)
J eremy J. Stone (Mathematics)
D orothy
M aria
Edith
W inter
(Mathematics)
ogy)
♦France I da J uliard (Biology)
M artin P eter J urkat (Mathematics)*
* As of the Class of 1956.
155
Betty J ane Y an net (Mathematics)
M atthew Z ucker (Chemistry)
Ba c h e l o r
Sc ie n c e
of
In the Division of Engineering
(Electrical
Robert W illiam M cM in n (Mechan
ical Engineering)
Charles J oseph O denweller , J r .
(Electrical Engineering)
W illiam H arry P erloff , J r . (G v il
Engineering)
W elles K now les R eymond (Electri
(Mechanical
W illiam C arter Reynolds (Mechan
Lewis W esley Argo (Mechanical En
gineering)
G eorge O ’Bryan Bailey, J r . (Mechan
ical Engineering)
H ugh F. Coyle , J r . (Mechanical En
gineering)
Samuel
W in n
Criswell
Engineering)
Robert
W alter
E llis
cal Engineering)
Engineering)
ical Engineering)
Richard Lewis F ussell (Electrical En
Ralph Clayton Rosser, J r . (G vil En
gineering)
gineering)
Eugene G ertler (Electrical Engineer
E ben H. Sales (G vil Engineering)
Ben ja m in Brenbman Snavely (Elec
ing)
T homas K eith G lennan , J r. (Electri
trical Engineering)
cal Engineering)
♦Robert J ames Stone (G v il Engineer
D avid S. H arvey (Electrical Engineer
ing)
ing)
D avid P urnell T ice (Electrical Engi
Ronald M arsh H eacock (Electrical
Engineering)
neering)
Richard W. H eward, J r . (G vil Engi
Roger A llen W itt (Mechanical En
neering)
gineering)
C harles J oslin H urst
(Mechanical
Steph en S. W olff (Electrical Engi
Engineering)
neering)
Robert Leavitt (G vil Engineering)
T homas O w en M aher (G vil Engi
W illiam R obert Y oung
neering)
M aster
of
A rts
♦♦J o h n Cameron H ay
D octor
(Electrical
Engineering)
of
Psychology
Sc ie n c e
H enry J ermain M aude Creighton
D o cto r
of
C lem ent M iller Biddle, Sr.
G eoffrey Crowther
La w s
M arion Bayard Folsom
B liss Forbush*
* As of the Class of 1956.
• • A s of June, 1956.
156
Awards and D istinctions
June 10, 1957
H o n o r s A warded B y
the
V isitin g E x a m in ers
HONORS:
Julia Battin, David Alexander Bennahum, Dorothea Louise Borgmann, Sheila
Valentine Brown, Lyndall Elizabeth Cadbury, Jean Beverly Camper, Edward
Capps, 3rd, Robin Hamer Christenson, David McDowell Clay, James Alden
Deyrup, Cora Ann Diamond, Laudie E. Dimmette, Harry Filmore Dowling, Jr.,
William Alexander Frohlich, Barbara Lucille Gallagher, Thomas Keith Glennan,
Jr., Natalia S. Harkaway, Jean Marilyn Haught, Sherry Osmond Hessler, Martin
Peter Jurkat, Maxine Joyce Marcus, Penelope Evelyn Mason, Mary Jane Moody,
Patricia Anne Niles, Charles Joseph Odenweller, Jr., Vasken Paragamian, Gordon
Gilbert Power, Jr., Elizabeth Wood Rittenhouse, Mary Markley Roberts, William
I. Rosenblum, Mary Lupton Schenck, Nancy Sherry, Stuart Joel Silvers, David
Hallock Smith, Phoebe Starfield, Barbara Elizabeth Swarthout, David Purnell
Tice, Stephen Brougher Watkins, Dorothy Maria Edith Winter, Betty Jane
Yannet, William Robert Young.
HIGH HONORS:
Terry Barbee Armstrong, Daniel Louis Aubry, Sigmund Austin Beck, Barbara
Anne Behnke, Sheila Brody, Beverly Jane Bruhn, Robert David Cahn, Michael
Henry Coopersmith, Nicole Tissot Crosby, Carol Charna Edelstein, Philip Ashley
Fanning, Dorothy Elizabeth Fuller, Carolyn Joan Gaiser, William Owen Kafes,
Arthur Karlin, Ann Louise Maples, Anoush Miridjanian, Susan Parker Nason,
Jon Alvah Peterson, Judith Martha Shimansky Prewitt, Stephen Barry Rubin,
Michael Edward Schoeman, Deborah Burke Smith, Jeremy J. Stone.
HIGHEST HONORS:
Ronald George Bodkin, Victoria Stephanie Crane, Clifford Earle, Jr., William
David Foulkes, Lois Anne Glass, Nancy Ann Kaltreider, Paul Henry Monsky,
Stephen S. Wolff.
D is t in c t io n
in
C ou rse A w arded B y
the
F a c u lty
George O’Bryan Bailey, Jr., Arthur Michael Conning, Felicia Forsythe, Mary L.
Frorer, Harriet Edith Mangrum, John A. Rowe, Johann Peter Schickele, David
Ross Sonneborn.
E le c t io n s
to
H o n o ra ry Societies
PHI BETA KAPPA:
Ronald George Bodkin, Sheila Brody, Beverly Jane Bruhn, Robert David Cahn,
Arthur Michael Conning, Michael Henry Coopersmith, Victoria Stephanie Crane,
Clifford Earle, Jr., William David Foulkes, Dorothy Elizabeth Fuller, Lois
Anne Glass, William Owen Kafes, Nancy Ann Kaltreider, Arthur Karlin, Ann
Louise Maples, Anoush Miridjanian, Paul Henry Monsky, Mary Jane Moody,
Susan Parker Nason, Patricia Anne Niles, Judith Martha Shimansky Prewitt,
William I. Rosenblum, Michael Edward Schoeman, Deborah Burke Smith,
David Ross Sonneborn, Jeremy J. Stone, Stephen S. Wolff.
SIGMA XI:
Dorothea Louise Borgmann, Michael Henry Coopersmith, Clifford John Earle,
Jr., Lois Anne Glass, Arthur Karlin, Eugene L. Leboy, Paul Henry Monsky,
Vasken Paragamian, Benjamin Breneman Snavely, David Ross Sonneborn, Stephen
S. Wolff.
SIGMA TAU:
George O’Bryan Bailey, Hugh F. Coyle, Jr., Eugene Gertler, Thomas Keith
Glennan, Jr., Charles Joslin Hurst, Charles Joseph Odenweller, Benjamin Brene
man Snavely, Stephen S. Wolff, William R. Young.
157
SW ARTHM ORE C O LLEG E F EL LO W SH IP AWARDS
The
The
The
The
Hannah A. Leedom Fellowship to Beverly J ane Br u h n .
Joshua Lippincott Fellowship to J on A lvah PETERSON
John Lockwood Memorial Fellowship to J o h n A. Rowe
Lucretia Mott Fellowship to P atricia A nn e N iles ; Alternate, Betty J ane
Y an net .
The Phi Beta Kappa Fellowship to J udith M ichaela K app , ’56
Specia l A wards *
The
The
The
The
Ivy Medal to Ronald E ugene Su tto n .
Oak Leaf Medal to Barbara J ane D eaton .
McCabe Engineering Award to T homas K eith G len na n , J r .
John W. Nason Award to Everett L. H u n t , Dean Emeritus and iProfessor
of English Literature.
The Crane Prize to Russell S. T renholm e .
The Katherine B. Shard Prize to Esther G laser and J oanna G ottfried .
The William Plummer Potter Public Speaking Fund Awards:
The Potter Public Speaking Contest: first prize, Sigmund A. Beck ; second
prize, T heodor H. N elson : third prize, J ean M ary P otter .
The Potter Poetry Contest: first prize, Esther G laser; second prize, P hilip
Fanning .
The Potter One-Act Play Contest: first prize, T heodor H. N elson .
The John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes: first prize, Carolyn G aiser; second prize,
H arriet Shorr .
The
The
The
The
The
The
Lois Morrell Poetry Award to J oan M offit .
Scott Award to W illiam P oole , J r .
Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship to H arold N athaniel W ard.
American Viscose Scholarship to E lizabeth H orm ann .
Radio Corporation of America Scholarship to H arold N athaniel W ard.
Westinghouse Achievement Award to J ames S. H athcock , J r .
* A description of each of these awards may be found in another section of the catalogue.
158
Enrollment of Students by Classes, 1956-57
Seniors ’57 ................
Juniors ’58 ..............
Sophomores ’59 ........
Freshmen ’60 ............
Men
114
98
124
137
Women
104
88
117
119
Total
218
186
241
256
Special ......................
Graduate ..................
473
8
5
428
3
1
901
11
6
486
432
918
Geographical Distribution, 1956-57
New York ......................................... 201
Pennsylvania ....................................... 196
New Je rse y .........................................
86
Illinois ...............................................
47
Maryland ...........................................
45
Massachusetts .....................................
41
Ohio ...................................................
26
Connecticut .........................................
25
Delaware ...........................................
21
Virginia .............................................
18
District of Colum bia.........................
17
California ...........................................
17
Michigan .............................................
16
Indiana ...............................................
14
Missouri .............................................
13
Texas .................................................
8
Wisconsin ...........................................
8
North C arolina...................................
7
Vermont .............................................
7
Florida ...............................................
6
Maine .................................................
6
Colorado .............................................
5
Nebraska .............................................
4
Iowa ...................................................
3
Kentucky ...........................................
3
New H am pshire.................................
3
Oregon ...............................................
3
Rhode Island ...................................... ^ 3
South Dakota ...................................... * 3
Washington .......................................
3
Alabama .............................................. •
2
Georgia ...............................................
2
Minnesota ......................
2
Louisiana ...........................................
2
Oklahoma ...........................................
2
Utah ....................................................
2
Arizona ...............................................
1
Idaho .................................................
Montana ........................................
New M exico.......................................
North Dakota ...................................
Tennessee ...........................................
West Virginia ...................................
Hawaii ...............................................
Puerto Rico .......................................
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
Total number of students
from U. S. and territories
878
Great Britain .....................................
Germany .............................................
Ghana .................................................
Italy ...................................................
Japan .................................................
Korea .................................................
Saudi Arabia .....................................
Greece .................................................
Lebanon .............................................
Austria ...............................................
B. W. 1...............................................
Canada ...............................................
Ceylon ..................................................
Eire .....................................................
G uatam ala...........................................
Jordan .................................................
Netherlands .......................................
Nigeria ...............................................
Turkey ......................................
Venezuela ...........................................
6
4
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Total from abroad ...............
Grand Total .......................................
v,40
918
159
Selected Publications About Swarthmore C ollege
Aydelotte Frank , Breaking the Academic Lockstep; the Development of Honors
Work in American Colleges and' Universities, N. Y., Harper, 1944.
183 p.
Carter, Boyd G., Swarthmore under Frank Aydelotte. Association of American Col
leges Bulletin, v. 28, p. 316-19. May 1942.
G ager, Charles S., Theatres, Gardens and Horticulture. Science, v. 95, p. 635-39-
June 26, 1942.
K n a pp , R obert H. and G oodrich, H. B., Origins of American Scientists. The Uni
versity of Chicago Press, 1952.
K n a pp , Robert H., and G reenbaum , J oseph J., The Younger American Scholar,
His Collegiate Origins. The University of Chicago Press, 1953.
N ason , J o h n W ., Cooperation between Haverford, Bryn Mawr and Swarthmore.
Haverford Review, v. 1, p. 4-7.
Autumn 1941.
N icholson , Arnold W., People’s Garden. Saturday Evening Post. v. 217, p. 26-27.
April 14, 1945.
P ennock , J. Roland , The Swarthmore Honors System. Journal of Higher Educa
tion. v. 24, p. 57-64, February 1953.
Shaw , C harles B., Library Cooperation between Bryn Mawr, Haverford and Swarth
more. Haverford Review, v. 1, p. 24-26. Summer 1942.
Swarthmore Collegb, The Inauguration of Courtney Craig Smith as President of
Swarthmore College, October 17, 1953. In Bulletin of Swarthmore College,
51, no. 3, November 1953.
v.
Swarthmore College, Tailored to the Individual. Business Week. June 8, 1957.
p. 128-44.
Swarthmore College Faculty , Adventure in Education: Swarthmore College under
Frank Aydelotte. N. Y. Macmillan, 1941. 236 p.
W alton , J ean B., Recent Changes in Group Activities Program at Swarthmore
College. Journal of the National Association of Deans of Women,
164-65. June 1943.
v. 6, p.
W ister, J o h n C. The Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation:
a Ten Year
History: January 1, 1930 to December 31, 1939. In Bulletin of Swarthmore Col
lege. v. 37, no. 5. Sixth Month 1940. 89 p.
Y oder, Robert M., Station-Wagon College.
p. 40. October 8, 1949.
160
Saturday Evening Post. v. 222, no. 15,
Index
Absence from classes and Collection, 62 Buildings, see Map, 166
Activities and Class Lodges
Absence from Examinations, 63
Astronomical Observatories
Academic Requirements, Committee on,
Bartol Research Foundation
19, 63
Bassett House
Addams, Jane, Peace Collection (See
Beardsley Hall
Swarthmore College Peace Collection)
Benjamin West House
Administrative Officers, 20-22
Biddle Memorial Library
Admissions P rocedure, 28-30
Bond Memorial
Application Dates, 29
Chemistry, Hall of
Scholastic Aptitude and Achievement
Faculty Residences
Tests, 29, 30
Field House
School Subjects Recommended, 29
Hall Gymnasium
Hicks Hall
Advanced Degrees, 64-65
Isaac H. Qothier Memorial
Advanced Standing, 30
Library Building
Advisors, 48
Martin (Edward) Biological Labor
Alumnae Scholarship, 36
atory
Alumni Association, Officers of, 11
Meeting House
Alumni Council, 11
Palmer Hall
Alumni Office, 22, 48
Pittenger Hall
American Cyanamid Company Scholar
Parrish Hall
ship, 38
Roberts Hall
American Viscose Corp. Scholarship, 38
Scott (Arthur Hoyt) Outdoor Audi
Armstrong (Edward R.) Scholarship, 34
torium
Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Founda
Somerville Hall
tion, 44
Sproul Observatory
Students’ Observatory
Astronomical Observatories, 42, 70
Swimming Pool
Astronomy, Courses in, 70-71
Thomas House
Athletic Fields, see Map, 166
Trotter Hall
Athletics and Physical Education, 166
Wharton Hall
Atkinson (Barclay G.) Scholarship, 40
Worth Hall
Atkinson (Rebecca M.) Scholarship, 40
Bunting (Ella Frances) Extemporaneous
Attendance at Gasses and Collection, 62
Speaking Contest, 67
Automobiles, Regulations concerning, 49
Calendar, College, 5-6
Awards and Prizes, 66-67, 157
Calendar, Lunar, 4
Chemistry, Courses in, 78-81
Bachelor of Arts Degree, 64
Chi Omega Scholarship, 39
Bachelor of Science Degree, 64
Churches, 46
Baker, (George F.) Scholarships, 33
Class of 1913 Loan Fund, 41
Benjamin West House, 45, 166
Gass of 1915 Scholarship Fund, 38
Benjamin West Lecture, 45
Class of 1916 Loan Fund, 41
Bibliography of Swarthmore, 160
Class of 1930 Scholarship, 38
Biddle Memorial Library, 42
Class of 1931 Scholarship Fund, 38
Biology, Courses in, 72-77
Gassics, Courses in, 82-84
Board of Managers, Committees of, 9, 10 Cole (Sarah Antrim) Scholarship, 39
Collection, 47
Board of Managers, Members of 8, 9
Collection Attendance, Regulation con
Book Bill, 31
cerning, 47, 62
Botany, Courses in, 73-74
161
Index
College Community, 25, 49
Distinction in course, 58
College Entrance Examinations, 29-30
Divisions and Departments, 18
College Jobs, 33
Dormitories, 46
Committees of the Board of Managers,
Dorsey (William) Scholarship, 40
9, 10
Committees of the Faculty, 19
Economics, Courses in, 85-87
Comprehensive Examinations, 55, 57
Education, Courses in, 143, 146
Cooper (Sarah Kaighn) Scholarship, 35
Education, Physical, 133-135
Cooper (William J.) Foundation, 43-44
Educational Program, 25, 54-61
Cooperation with Neighboring Institu Ellsler (George) Scholarship, 40
tions, 24, 149
Emeritus Professors, 12
Corporation, Officers of, 8
Engineering, Courses in, 88-99
Course Advisers, 48, 57
Engineering, Degrees in, 54, 64-65, 88
Courses of I nstruction , 69-149
English Literature, Courses in, 100-104
Astronomy, 70-71
Entrance Requirements, 28-30
Biology, 72-77
Examination Regulations, 63
Chemistry, 78-81
Examinations, College Board', 29, 30
Classics, 82-84
Exclusion from College, 64
Economics, 85-87
Expenses, 31
Engineering, 88-99
Extra or Fewer Courses, 63
Civil, 90-92
Extra-Curricular Activities, 50
Electrical, 93-96
Mechanical 97-99
Faculty, Members of, 12-17
English Literature, 100-104
Faculty Regulations, 49, 62-64
Fine Arts, 105-107
Fees (Tuition, Residence, etc.), 31
History, 108-112
Fellowships, 67-68
International Relations, 1 1 3 , 138
Ferguson (Donald Renwick), Scholarship,
Mathematics, 114-116
35
Modern Languages, 117-124
Fine Arts, Courses in, 105-107
Music, 125-127
Foreign Language Requirements, 56, 57
Philosophy and Religion, 128-132
Foreign Students, 159
Physical Education for Men, 133
Foreign Study, 61
Physical Education for Women, 134- French, Courses in, 1 1 7 - 1 1 9
135
Friends College Scholarships, 41
Physics, 136-137
Friends Historical Library, 21, 42
Friends Meeting, 46
Political Science, 138-142
Psychology and Education, 143-148
Russian Studies, 149
Geographical Distribution of Students
Crane Prize, 66
159
Cutting (Bronson M.) Collection, 45
German Language and Literature, Courses
in, 120-122
D egrees, 64-65
Gillingham (Joseph E.) Fund, 40
Advanced Engineering
Grades, 62
Bachelor of Arts
Graduation, Requirements for, 64
Bachelor of Science
Grants-in-aid, 33
Master of Arts
Greek Language and Literature, Courses
Master of Science
in, 82-84
Degrees Conferred, 1 5 3 - 1 5 7
Delta Gamma Scholarship, 40
Hayes (John Russell) Poetry Prizes, 67
Dining Rooms, 46
Health, Care of Student, 47-48
Directions for Correspondence, 2
Hillborn (Rachel W .) Scholarship, 38
Directions for Reaching the College, 24
History, Courses in, 108-122
162
Index
Honors, Reading for, 58-60
Examiners, 60, 152
Housing, 25, 46
Infirmaries, 47
Insurance, Accident and Sickness, 32, 47
International Relations, Courses in, 113,
138
Ivins (Aaron B.) Scholarship, 34
Ivy Award, 66, 158
Johnson (George K. and Sallie K.) Fund,
36
Johnson (Howard Cooper) Scholarship,
35
Kappa Alpha Theta Scholarship Fund, 37
Kappa Kappa Gamma Scholarship, 40
Kovalenko (Jessie Stevenson) Scholarship,
37
Lafore Scholarship, 39
Latin Language and Literature, Courses
in, 83-84
Lawrence (E. Hibberd) Scholarship, 37
Leedom (Hannah A.) Fellowship, 68
Leedom (Thomas L.) Scholarship, 40
Libraries, 21, 42-43
Biddle Memorial, 42
College, 42
Friends Historical, 42-43
Lilly (Scott B.) Scholarship, 34
Lippincott (Joshua) Fellowship, 68
Lippincott (Sarah E.) Scholarship, 40
Loans to Students, 33, 41
Location of the College, 24
Lockwood (John) Memorial Fellowship,
68
Longstreth (Mary T.) Scholarship, 37
Lucretia Mott Fellowship, 68
Managers, Board of, 8, 9
Map of College Grounds, 166-167
Martin Biological Laboratory, 42
Mary Lyon School Property, 46
Mathematics, Courses in, 114-116
McCabe Engineering Award, 66, 158
McCabe (Thomas B.) Scholarship, 34
Meeting House, 46
Men’s Student Government, 50
Mertz (Peter) Scholarship, 35
Miller Flounders Scholarship, 35
Miller (James E.) Scholarship, 39
Miller (John A.) Loan Fund, 41
Moon (Owen) Fund for Public Speaking,
67
Morrell (Lois) Poetry Award, 67
Mott (Lucretia) Fellowship, 68
Music, Courses in, 125-127
Nason (John W .) Award, 66
Newton (A. Edward) Library Prize, 66
Oak Leaf Award, 66, 158
Observatories, Astronomical, 42, 70
Open Scholarships for Men, 33-34
Open Scholarships for Women, 36
Paiste (Harriet) Fund, 36
Palmer Hall, 46
Parrish Hall, 46
Pearson (Paul M.) Loan Fund, 41
Perkins (T. H. Dudley) Memorial Scholar
ship, 35
Phi Beta Kappa Fellowship, 68
Philosophy, Courses in, 128-132
Physical Education for Men, 133
Physical Education for Women, 134-135
Physical Education Requirements, 63, 133135
Physics, Courses in, 136-137
Pittenger Hall, 46
Plan of College Grounds, 166-167
Political Science, Courses in, 138-142
Potter Speech Collection, 45
Potter (Wm. Plummer) Public Speaking
Fund, 67, 158
Pre-Medical Program, 60-61
Preston (Mary Coates) Scholarship Fund,
36
Prizes, 66-67, 158
Program of Study, 54-61
For Freshmen and Sophomores, 55-57
For Juniors and Seniors, 57-60
Honors Work, 58-60
Pre-Medical Program, 60-61
Psychology, Courses in, 143-148
Public Speaking Prizes, 66-67, 158
RCA Scholarship, 37
Reeves (Mark E.) Scholarship, 40
Religion, Courses in, 128-132
Religious Life, 46-47
Requirements for Admission, 28-30
Requirements for Graduation, 64
Index
Residence, Regulations concerning, 46, 64
Robinson House, 46
Roberts Hall, 46
Russian Studies, Courses in, 149
Scholarships, List of, 33-40
Scholastic Aptitude Test, 29, 30
Scott (Arthur Hoyt) Horticulture Foun
dation, 44-45
Scott Award, 34, 158
Serrill (William G. and Mary N .) Schol
arship, 35
Sharpies (Philip T.) Scholarship, 34
Shoemaker (Annie) Scholarship, 36
Sicard (Katherine B.) Prize, 67, 158
Sigma Xi Fellowship, 68
Social Committee, 50
Solomon (Frank) Scholarship, 36
Somerville Committee, 50
Spanish, Courses in, 123-124
Sproul (Mary) Scholarship, 40
Sproul Observatory, 42, 70
Squier (Helen) Scholarship, 40
States, Summary of Students by, 159
Student Aid, 33
Student Council, 50
Student’s Handbook, 51
Study Abroad, 61
Sullivan (Joseph T.) Scholarship, 40
Sullivan (Marshall P.) Scholarship, 37
Summer School Work, 63
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, 21,
43
Swarthmore College Student Loan Fund,
41
Taylor (Jonathan K.) Scholarship, 39
Thorne (Phebe Anna) Fund, 39
Tuition and Other Fees, 31
Tuition Plan, 31-32
Tyson (Martha E.) Fellowship, 68
Underhill (Daniel) Scholarship, 38
Vocational Advising, 48
Washington Semester, 61
West, Benjamin, Lecture, 45
Westbury Quarterly Meeting Scholarship,
39
Westinghouse Achievement Scholarship,
38
Wharton Hall, 46
Wharton (Deborah F.) Scholarship, 40
White Open Scholarships for Women, 36
Willets (Samuel) Fund, 40
William J. Cooper Foundation, 43-44
Williams (Ellis D .) Fund, 41
Williamson (I. V.) Scholarships, 40
Wilson (Edward Clarkson) Scholarship,
37
Women’s Student Government Associa
tion, 50
Wood (Mary) Fund, 37
Woodnutt (Thomas) Scholarship, 40
Worth Hall, 46
Zoology, Courses in, 74-77
164
1 Wharton HdU
2 Sproul Observatory
3 Hall Gymnasium
4 Parrish Hall
5 Cunningham Field
0 Tennis courts
7 Beardsley Hall
8 Trotter Hall
9 Somerville Gymnasium
10 College Library and
Friends Historical
Library
11 Hall of Chemistry
12 Cunningham House
13 Benjamin W est House
14 Friends Meeting House
15 Professors’ residences
10 President’s house
17,18 Alum ni Field
19 Power plant
20 Employees’ dormitory
21 Swimming pool
22 W hittier House
23 Book and Key House
24 Hicks Hall
25 Pennsylvania R. R.
Station
20 Phi Kappa Psi Fraternity
Lodge
27 Delta Upsilon Fraternity
Lodge
28 Phi Sigma Kappa
Fraternity Lodge
29 Kappa Sigma Fraternity
Lodge
30 W orth Dormitory
81 Woolman House
32 Phi Delta Theta
Fraternity Lodge
S3 \Bond Memorial and____
\
34 Bartol Foundation
Laboratory
35 Clothier Memorial
30 Scott Outdoor
A uditorium
37 E m ployees’ houses
38 L am b-M iller F ield H ouse
39 Thom as H ouse
40 M artin Biological
Laboratory
41 Bassett H ouse
42 Palmer Hall
43
44
45
40
47
48
49
50
Pittenger Hall
Roberts Hall
Storage Building
M ary L yo n Buildings
(n o t show n)
Morris L . Clothier Fields
Proposed Science
Building
Proposed W o m e n ’s
/
D orm itory
f
S tu d en t Recreation
leC * }
Center
fit
%
Swarthmore College Catalogue, 1957-1958
A digital archive of the Swarthmore College Annual Catalog.
1957 - 1958
180 pages
reformatted digital